RTI. Phonological Awareness Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher. Second Edition

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "RTI. Phonological Awareness Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher. Second Edition"

Transcription

1 RTI Phonological Awareness Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher Second Edition Letter Recognition Letter Sounds Rhyming & Word Families Word Parts & Segmenting Blending Sight Word Recognition Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos

2 Copyright 2012 (Second Edition) Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos All rights reserved The classroom teacher may reproduce copies of materials in this book for classroom use only. The reproduction of any part for an entire school or school system is strictly prohibited. ISBN# Special thanks to Janice Miller for her second pair of eyes and her meticulous editing of this book. Cover Design by artist Richard Dobbs Jr. See more of his work at: Books by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos: RTI: Speech and Language Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher RTI: Phonological Awareness Interventions for the Regular Classroom Teacher RTI Intervention Focus: Letter Recognition RTI Intervention Focus: Letter Sounds RTI Intervention Focus: Rhyming and Word Families RTI Intervention Focus: Word Parts and Segmenting RTI Intervention Focus: Blending RTI Intervention Focus: Sight Word Recognition RTI Intervention Focus: Number Recognition I DO WE DO YOU DO: An RTI Intervention for Math Problem Solving Grades 1-5 Benjamin Franklin Biography and Plays Thomas Jefferson Biography and Plays Lewis and Clark Biography and Plays Sacagawea Biography and Plays Mavis Davis Unlocks the Past All books available for purchase at or at Contact Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos at: rti@rtiyoucando.com 2

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction...8 What is RTI?...9 Overview...10 Evidence Based...11 Delivery Method & How to Use This Manual...14 Where Do I Begin?...15 Phonological Awareness Screening Progression Chart...16 Progress Monitoring, Documentation, Graphs, and Data Analysis...17 LETTER RECOGNITION Overview...20 Progress Monitoring...21 Let s Get Started!...23 Universal Screening...24 Progress Monitoring...26 RTI Graphs...30 Lesson Checklist...32 Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets...33 Alphabet Charts...36 Intervention Lessons...39 Letter Cards

4 LETTER SOUNDS Overview...60 Progress Monitoring...61 Let s Get Started!...63 Universal Screening...64 Progress Monitoring...66 RTI Graph...68 Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs...69 Lesson Checklist...75 Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets...76 Alphabet Charts...81 Intervention Lessons...84 Letter/Blends Cards RHYMING AND WORD FAMILIES Overview Progress Monitoring Let s Get Started! Universal Screening Progress Monitoring

5 RTI Graph Lesson Checklist Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets Intervention Lessons Word Family Cards WORD PARTS AND SEGMENTING Overview Progress Monitoring Let s Get Started! Universal Screening Progress Monitoring RTI Graph Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs Lesson Checklist Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets Intervention Lessons Word Family Cards

6 BLENDING Overview Progress Monitoring Let s Get Started! Universal Screening Progress Monitoring RTI Graph Supplemental Progress Monitoring and Graphs Lesson Checklist Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets Intervention Lessons Word Family Cards SIGHT WORD RECOGNITION Overview Progress Monitoring Let s Get Started! Universal Screening Progress Monitoring RTI Graph Lesson Checklist

7 Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets Intervention Lessons Sight Word Cards

8 INTRODUCTION When the RTI model was introduced in my school district in 2007, I thought, here we go again; a new program, new ideas, and a whole new set of acronyms to remember. By the time RTI came around, I was no longer teaching in the regular classroom. I had been promoted to the position of Student Support Specialist (SSS) and was to coordinate the Student Support Team (SST) process at two elementary schools in Henry County, Georgia. Among my duties as the SSS, I was to assist teachers with students experiencing difficulties in the classroom, whether it was for academic reasons, behavior concerns, attention issues, speech difficulties, problems with fine motor coordination, etc. I was to coordinate meetings with parents, give students screening evaluations, and provide teachers with the support and materials needed to help their at-risk students. I was also the person who facilitated the process of referring students for special education testing. I was responsible for collecting the evidence necessary to make a referral for testing which, in many cases, led to placement into special education classes. I became quite proficient at establishing procedures, rules, and guidelines and my teachers were trying their best to provide individualized interventions for their students at the different tiers outlined in the RTI model. They were willing to try new techniques and were doing their best to document what they were doing. However, despite the time I spent researching best practices and reading up on the latest research to share with them they were struggling, and I felt their frustrations. I had created intervention sheets for my teachers which cited the research and gave a general idea of how to implement an RTI intervention with a student. Yet, despite my best efforts, my teachers were still struggling. When listening to their concerns about RTI, it became clear to me that they needed something more specific. They wanted something that was easy-toimplement, structured, and actually helped the student. They were begging for specific lessons and a guide to help them through the RTI process. They didn t want to have to spend extra hours searching for materials or researching how to implement interventions. They also didn t want to spend extra time creating assessments to evaluate students throughout the intervention process. My teachers were looking to me for answers and I was under pressure to give them the solutions they were desperately searching for. That s when I started thinking about creating an intervention format that was easy-to-follow, contained lessons that were both based on the latest research, and also provided the baseline and data point assessments necessary for progress monitoring. I began with the U.S. Department of Education Institute of Education Sciences: What Works Clearinghouse website. From the research studies that either met or met with reservations the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) evidence standards in the area of phonological awareness training plus letter knowledge training I created a format of lessons which are user friendly, easy to implement and easy to document. What follows is the compilation of that research. 8

9 WHAT IS RTI? Response to Intervention (RTI) is a multi-tier approach to the early identification and support of students with learning and behavior needs. The RTI process begins with highquality instruction and universal screening of all children in the general education classroom. Struggling learners are provided with interventions at increasing levels of intensity to accelerate their rate of learning. These services may be provided by a variety of personnel, including general education teachers, special educators, and specialists. Progress is closely monitored to assess both the learning rate and level of performance of individual students. Educational decisions about the intensity and duration of interventions are based on individual student response to instruction. RTI is designed for use when making decisions in both general education and special education, creating a wellintegrated system of instruction and intervention guided by child outcome data. (National Center for Learning Disabilities, 2008) RTI MODEL Each state has adopted an RTI model through which students receive appropriate interventions based on their individual needs. The diagram below is an example of a four tier model (from the state of Georgia), however, many states have opted for a three tier model. For students suspected of having a Specific Learning Disability, an appropriate intervention must be implemented for a minimum of twelve academic weeks. Monitoring of the student s progress throughout the intervention must occur. A baseline assessment must be given before the intervention begins and at least four data points (assessments) must be taken throughout the twelve week period (approximately once every three weeks). The interventions in this manual are designed to be monitored more frequently (weekly or bi-weekly) and are implemented at the student s pace for a period of at least 12 weeks. 9

10 OVERVIEW This manual consists of six sections, one each for the following phonological areas: Letter Recognition, Letter Sounds, Rhyming and Word Families, Word Parts and Segmenting, Blending, and Sight Word Recognition. Each section comes complete with a universal screening/baseline assessment, progress monitoring/data point assessments, mini-lesson assessments, intervention lessons, and any necessary supplemental materials such as letter cards, word cards, or charts. Although the six interventions in this manual can be used for RTI purposes, they are also models of good teaching practices as is evidenced by research (see next page). Each intervention is designed to provide the teacher/interventionist with the tools necessary to improve student achievement in the six target phonological areas. The timeline for each intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute intervention lessons taught per week. Intervention progress monitoring occurs weekly or every other week. However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. These interventions are intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, these interventions can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur. The step-by-step intervention lessons included for each intervention is intended to guide both teachers and students through the intervention and provide a format through which ideas are modeled, discussed, explained, and identified. This format also encourages a non-threatening, open-ended dialogue to occur between teachers and their students. The decision to adjust, revise, lengthen, or discontinue an intervention should be based on the data collected on a weekly or bi-weekly basis and should be made in the context of a committee that includes the teacher, the student s parents, administrators, counselors, and/or other highly qualified educational personnel. The student s RTI should be assessed by looking at how much progress was made overall and where the student is functioning in relation to the standards set forth by the state and/or district. Students who make significant progress but who are still functioning below grade level may simply need more time to catch up. Just because a student is below grade level does not mean he/she has a disability and is a candidate for special education. The RTI process is an individualized process and rash decisions concerning a student s placement into special education should be avoided at all costs. 10

11 EVIDENCE BASED The interventions in this manual were developed and designed using the strongest of five recommendations cited in the following report: Gersten, R., Compton, D., Connor, C.M., Dimino, J., Santoro, L., Linan-Thompson, S., and Tilly, W.D. (2008). Assisting students struggling with reading: Response to Intervention and multitier intervention for reading in the primary grades. A practice guide. (NCEE ). Washington, DC: National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education. Retrieved from This report is available on the IES website at and The Institute of Education Sciences (IES) publishes practice guides in education to bring the best available evidence and expertise to bear on the types of systemic challenges that cannot currently be addressed by single interventions or programs. Authors of practice guides seldom conduct the types of systematic literature searches that are the backbone of a meta-analysis, although they take advantage of such work when it is already published. Instead, authors use their expertise to identify the most important research with respect to their recommendations, augmented by a search of recent publications to ensure that research citations are up-to-date. Unique to IES-sponsored practice guides is that they are subjected to rigorous external peer review through the same office that is responsible for independent review of other IES publications. A critical task for peer reviewers of a practice guide is to determine whether the evidence cited in support of particular recommendations is up-to-date and that studies of similar or better quality that point in a different direction have not been ignored. Because practice guides depend on the expertise of their authors and their group decision-making, the content of a practice guide is not and should not be viewed as a set of recommendations that in every case depends on and flows inevitably from scientific research. The goal of this practice guide is to formulate specific and coherent evidence-based recommendations for use by educators addressing the challenge of reducing the number of children who fail to learn how to read proficiently by using response to intervention as a means of both preventing reading difficulty and identifying students who need more help. This is called Response to Intervention (RtI). The guide provides practical, clear information on critical RtI topics and is based on the best available evidence as judged by the panel. Recommendations in this guide should not be construed to imply that no further research is warranted on the effectiveness of particular RtI strategies. The expert panel that authored the IES practice guide used the criteria established by the What Works Clearinghouse to support each recommendation and to determine the level of evidence found to back them up. The level of strength of evidence found for each recommendation is explained on the following page: 11

12 Strong: refers to consistent and generalizable evidence that an intervention program causes better outcomes. Moderate: refers to evidence from studies that allow strong causal conclusions but cannot be generalized with assurance to the population on which a recommendation is focused (perhaps because the findings have not been widely replicated) or to evidence from studies that are generalizable but have more causal ambiguity than offered by experimental designs (such as statistical models of correlational data or group comparison designs for which equivalence of the groups at pretest is uncertain). Low: refers to expert opinion based on reasonable extrapolations from research and theory on other topics and evidence from studies that do not meet the standards for moderate or strong evidence. The Table below shows the panel s recommendations and corresponding levels of evidence Recommendation Level of evidence 1. Screen all students for potential reading problems at the beginning of the year and again in the middle of the year. Regularly monitor the progress of students at risk for developing reading disabilities. Tier 1 intervention/general education 2. Provide time for differentiated reading instruction for all students based on assessments of students current reading level. Tier 2 intervention 3. Provide intensive, systematic instruction on up to three foundational reading skills in small groups to students who score below the benchmark score on universal screening. Typically, these groups meet between three and five times a week, for 20 to 40 minutes. 4. Monitor the progress of tier 2 students at least once a month. Use these data to determine whether students still require intervention. For those students still making insufficient progress, school wide teams should design a tier 3 intervention plan. Tier 3 intervention 5. Provide intensive instruction on a daily basis that promotes the development of the various components of reading proficiency to students who show minimal progress after reasonable time in tier 2 small group instruction (tier 3). Moderate Low Strong Low Low THE INTERVENTIONS IN THIS BOOK WERE CREATED PRIMARILY USING RECOMMENDATION #3(see table above). RECOMMENDATION #3 Provide intensive, systematic instruction on up to three foundational reading skills in small groups to students who score below the benchmark score on universal screening. Typically, these groups meet between three and five times a week, for 20 to 40 minutes. The expert panel stated: Tier 2 instruction should take place in small homogenous groups ranging from three to four students using curricula that address the major components of reading instruction (comprehension, fluency, phonemic awareness, phonics, and vocabulary). The areas of instruction are based on the results of students scores on universal screening. Instruction should be 12

13 systematic building skills gradually and introducing skills first in isolation and then integrating them with other skills. Explicit instruction involves more teacher-student interaction, including frequent opportunities for student practice and comprehensible and specific feedback. Intensive instruction should occur three to five times per week for 20 to 40 minutes. Level of evidence: Strong The panel judged the evidence supporting this recommendation as strong based on 11 studies that met WWC standards or that met WWC standards with reservations. These studies on supplemental instruction in reading support tier 2 intervention as a way to improve reading performance in decoding. Six studies showed positive effects on decoding, and four showed effects on both decoding and reading comprehension. Six studies involved one-on-one instruction, and the remainder used small groups ranging from two to five students. Given that effect sizes were not significantly higher for the one-on-one approach, small group work could be considered more practical for implementation. The following are the research citations for the 11 studies noted on the previous page: Ebaugh, J. C. (2000). The effects of fluency instruction on the literacy development of at-risk first graders. (Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University, 2000). Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(06A), 0072 Ehri, L. C., Dreyer, L. G., Flugman, B., & Gross, A. (2007). Reading rescue: An effective tutoring intervention model for language-minority students who are struggling readers in first grade. American Educational Research Journal, 44(2), Gibbs, S. E. L. (2001). Effects of a one-to-one phonological awareness intervention on first grade students identified as at risk for the acquisition of beginning reading. (Doctoral dissertation, University of South Carolina, 2001). Dissertation Abstracts International, 62(07A), Gunn, B., Biglan, A., Smolkowski, K., & Ary, D. (2000). The efficacy of supplemental instruction in decoding skills for Hispanic and non-hispanic students in early elementary school. The Journal of Special Education, 34(2), Jenkins, J. R., Peyton, J. A., Sanders, E. A., & Vadasy, P. F. (2004). Effects of reading decodable texts in supplemental first-grade tutoring. Scientific Studies of Reading, 8(1), Lennon, J. E., & Slesinski, C. (1999). Early intervention in reading: Results of a screening and intervention program for kindergarten students. School Psychology Review, 28(3), Mathes, P. G., Denton, C., Fletcher, J., Anthony, J., Francis, D., & Schatschneider, C. (2005). The effects of theoretically different instruction and student characteristics on the skills of struggling readers. Reading Research Quarterly, 40(2),

14 McMaster, K. L., Fuchs, D., Fuchs, L. S., & Compton, D. L. (2005). Responding to nonresponders: An experimental field trial of identification and intervention methods. Exceptional Children, 71(4), Vadasy, P. F., Jenkins, J. R., Antil, L. R., Wayne, S. K., & O Connor, R. E. (1997). The effectiveness of one-to-one tutoring by community tutors for at-risk beginning readers. Learning Disability Quarterly, 20(2), Vadasy, P. F., Sanders, E. A., & Peyton, J. A. (2005). Relative effectiveness of reading practice or word-level instruction in supplemental tutoring: How text matters. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38(4), Vaughn, S., & Fuchs, L.S. (2006). A response to Competing views: A dialogue on response to intervention. Assessment for Effective Intervention, 32(1), DELIVERY METHOD: The intervention in this book is most conducive to one-on-one instruction in which the teacher/tutor works individually with the student. However, this intervention can also be implemented with a small group of two to four students. If a small group approach is used, be sure that every student in the group has his/her own set of necessary materials (letter cards, charts, student sheets, etc.). HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL: This manual is designed to give teachers the tools necessary to implement an evidencebased intervention for students struggling with phonological awareness skills. The lessons walk the teacher, tutor, or interventionist through the steps of implementation and provide him/her with an easy-to-administer short assessment which tells if the student is ready to move on to the next lesson or if re-teaching is necessary. TEACHING TO MASTERY is the goal. The student sets the pace and may spend differing amounts of times on different lessons. This manual also supplies the teacher, tutor, or interventionist with the documents needed for universal screening/baseline and data point assessments and for the graphing of the student s response to the intervention (RTI). 14

15 WHERE DO I BEGIN? UNIVERSAL SCREENINGS/BASELINE ASSESSMENTS Each of the interventions in this manual include a universal screening assessment (intended for all students or a select few) as it serves to pinpoint the area(s) of greatest weakness. If, however, your state or district mandates the use of other universal screening assessments to assess phonological awareness and/or sight word knowledge, then by all means use them. Be mindful that the universal screening is given before the intervention begins and is actually the tool used to determine the student s area(s) of weakness so that a plan of action can be decided upon and implemented. In addition, it is noteworthy to state that the student must complete any screening assessment without assistance so as to get an accurate picture of where he/she is functioning. It is the universal screening that alerts the teacher/tutor to the need for further intervention in a specific area. Other factors may also indicate the need for more intensive intervention such as poor classroom performance, standardized tests, common formative assessments, etc. For the purpose of identifying which of the phonological awareness components a student needs help with, the universal screenings in this manual should be given in sequential order starting with the most basic element; letter recognition, and ending with the most complex element; blending or sight word recognition. Although sight word recognition isn t a true phonological skill, it is included in this manual because many students need intensive focus on those basic high frequency words most seen in printed text. If a student meets the cut score or goal score on the five phonological awareness screenings yet falls below standards in sight word recognition, then the intervention may start with sight word recognition rather than phonological awareness. However, if through the progression of the universal screenings it becomes clear that an intervention is needed for a specific element then stop screening and begin intervening at that point. Reference the chart on the next page for the order in which the screening assessments are to be administered. 15

16 PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS SCREENING PROGRESSION CHART ELEMENT RESULTS OF UNIVERSAL SCREENING NEXT STEP Letter Recognition Student does not recognize all 52 capital and lowercase letters as is evidenced by the Letter Recognition Universal Screening. STOP SCREENING Begin the Letter Recognition intervention. Letter Recognition Letter Sounds Letter Sounds Rhyming & Word Families Rhyming & Word Families Word Parts and Segmenting Word Parts and Segmenting Blending Blending Sight Word Recognition Sight Word Recognition Student does recognize all 52 capital and lowercase letters as is evidenced by the Letter Recognition Universal Screening. Student does not know all 61 letter sounds and blends as is evidenced by the Letter Sounds Universal Screening. Student does know all 61 letter sounds and blends as is evidenced by the Letter Sounds Universal Screening. Student scores below a predetermined criterion (established by the teacher, school, or district) on the Rhyming and Word Families Universal Screening. Student scores at or above the cut score (predetermined) on the Rhyming and Word Families Universal Screening. Student scores below a predetermined criterion (established by the teacher, school, or district) on the Word Parts and Segmenting Universal Screening. Student scores at or above the cut score (predetermined) on the Word Parts and Segmenting Universal Screening. Student scores below a predetermined criterion (established by the teacher, school, or district) on the Blending Universal Screening. Student scores at or above the cut score (as predetermined) on the Blending Universal Screening. Student scores below a predetermined criterion (established by the teacher, school, or district) on the Sight Word Recognition Universal Screening. Student scores at or above the cut score (as predetermined) on the Sight Word Recognition Universal Screening. 16 CONTINUE SCREENING Continue on to the next screening assessment (Letter Sounds). STOP SCREENING Begin the Letter Sounds intervention. CONTINUE SCREENING Continue on to the next screening assessment (Rhyming and Word Families). STOP SCREENING Begin the Rhyming and Word Families intervention. CONTINUE SCREENING Continue on to the next screening assessment (Word Parts and Segmenting). STOP SCREENING Begin the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention. CONTINUE SCREENING Continue on to the next screening assessment (Blending). STOP SCREENING Begin the Blending intervention. CONTINUE SCREENING Continue on to the next screening assessment (Sight Word Recognition). STOP SCREENING Begin the Sight Word Recognition intervention. NO INTERVENTIONS ARE NEEDED IN THE AREAS OF PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS or SIGHT WORD RECOGNITION

17 PROGRESS MONITORING In order to ascertain whether or not the chosen intervention is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly or bi-weekly basis (specified in the intervention directions) through progress monitoring data point assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the progress monitoring data point assessments without assistance. All data point assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly data point assessments. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing oranges to oranges which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention. PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPHS, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the purpose of data analysis for any of the interventions in this manual, a graph will be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each data point assessment (provided in this manual). Graphs are an easy-to-read snap shot of how the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period. Each section in this manual includes a sample RTI intervention graph for a particular element to illustrate what data may look like after several weeks of intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint new or continued areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student. 17

18 18

19 LETTER RECOGNITION 19

20 LETTER RECOGNITION OVERVIEW Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal Screening: Letter Recognition Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed on the Letter Recognition Let s Get Started! page) including the Letter Recognition Lesson Checklist. Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student s response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Letter Recognition lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out lucky guesses or a fluke with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Letter Recognition Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Letter Recognition Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as letter sounds, rhyming and word families, segmenting and word parts, or blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention. The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur. 20

21 Student Score PROGRESS MONITORING As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Letter Recognition intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing oranges to oranges which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention. PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the purpose of data analysis for the Letter Recognition intervention, a graph will be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read snap shot of how the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 11 th week of a Letter Recognition intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student. SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT X : Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined 10 0 US/B L DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/28 9/4 9/18 9/25 10/2 10/9 10/16 10/16 10/23 Student Score Goal*

22 What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student X? According to the universal screening/baseline assessment (given ) the student was only able to identify 1 out of 52 lowercase and capital letters. The intervention focused on letter recognition and after 11 weeks of intervention, Student X has made progress but has yet to master all 52 of the letters needed to move forward with higher level skills. One decline in the number of letters known was noted (on ) but Student X s growth line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 11 th week of intervention, Student X can now recognize 30 of the 52 lowercase and capital letters. Student X has responded well to the intervention. Additional time with the same intervention would be the logical recommendation for this student until mastery of all 52 letters has been obtained. SPECIAL NOTE: Progress Monitoring Assessments of ONLY capital letter recognition and ONLY lowercase letter recognition are included in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of documenting each case separately. To assess and document all 52 letters, simply give the student both assessments each week and tabulate the totals from the two data recording sheets. 22

23 Let s Get Started! To implement the Letter Recognition intervention in this manual, make a copy of the following pages for each student in the intervention group: Universal Screening Letter Recognition Assessment Recording Sheet (p. 24) Universal Screening Letter Recognition Student Assessment Sheet (p. 25) Progress Monitoring Data Point Assessments: o Capital Letter Recognition Recording Sheet (p. 26) o Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet (p. 27) o Lowercase Letter Recognition Recording Sheet (p. 28) o Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet (p. 29) (Special Note: If progress monitoring of capital letter recognition is the only focus, then copy pages 26 & 27. If progress monitoring of lowercase letters is the only focus then copy pages 28 & 29. However, if the focus is to assess and document all 52 letters [capital and lowercase], simply give the student both assessments each week and tabulate the totals from the two data recording sheets [pages 26 & 28]). RTI Graphs: o Capital Letter Recognition RTI Graph (top of p. 30) o Lowercase Letter Recognition RTI Graph (bottom of p. 30) o Capital AND Lowercase Letter Recognition RTI Graph (p. 31) (Special Note: As stated above concerning the data point assessments, if progress monitoring of capital letter recognition is the only focus, then copy page 30 and plot the data points on the top graph. If progress monitoring of lowercase letters is the only focus then copy page 30 and plot the data points on the bottom graph. However, if the focus is to assess and document all 52 letters [capital and lowercase], simply give the student both assessments each week and tabulate the totals from the two data recording sheets from pages 26 & 28 and plot the overall results on the graph on page 31). Letter Recognition Lesson Checklist (p. 32) Letter Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (pp ) Capital Letter Alphabet Chart (p. 36) Lowercase Letter Alphabet Chart (p. 37) Alphabet Chart Capital & Lowercase Combined (p. 38) If needed, the letter cards on pages can be copied and cut out to use for intervention sessions. 23

24 Universal Screening Letter Recognition Assessment Recording Sheet CAPITAL & LOWERCASE LETTERS Directions: have the student read from the Letter Recognition: Student Sheet as you mark correct responses on this screening sheet. Place a under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Allow the student a total of TWO MINUTES to read the letters. Date: CAPITAL LETTERS D I B J H N Q G S U E V O A P W Y F K Z C T L M X R Total capital letters correct: (out of 26) LOWERCASE LETTERS e j m l b g a n k r t q h s v d y w u x f o i z p c Total lowercase letters correct: (out of 26) Grand Total correct out of 52 (both capital and lowercase): 24

25 Universal Screening Letter Recognition Student Assessment Sheet Read Across To be used for the Universal Screening Assessment CAPITAL LETTERS D I B J H N Q G S U E V O A P W Y F K Z C T L M X R LOWERCASE LETTERS e j m l b g a n k r t q h s v d y w u x f o i z p c 25

26 Progress Monitoring Capital Letter Recognition Recording Sheet Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Have the student read from the Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet as you mark correct responses on this data sheet. Place a under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Allow the student a total of TWO MINUTES to read the letters. Baseline/Universal Screening (Capital Letters Only): (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 26) D I B J H N Q G S U E V O A P W Y F K Z C T L M X R Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ H N C M I D L U T A J S Z K B E Y R V X F Q W O P G Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ I M D L B Q V J U R G N Y E T O W H X A P Z K S C F Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ E J R T C Q S H P D O Z F I K B X G W Y U L N V M A Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ P A S B U C O D T E N F Y G M W L X K V J R I Z Q H Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ A C E G J L P S W V M O U X R Y Z N T Q K H F I D B Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct: J P H O X C U I N T A Y K F Q B W V R L Z E S D G M Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ K L M Q R C B A S I T J H G Y Z U V X W F E D N O P Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ G E N J O F R U P C W H Q I Z X A S Y M B L V T K D Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ L O R V K U X M H E C S A I G B Z T D W Y N P F Q J Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ H K D O S Z F L C Y P U V Q X G W T B R E J M I A N Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ B I A F K E R J V Q D Y C Z L H U W G N S M X P T O Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ I D F E P M U S Z A H R V G Y K T X J Q B N W C O L 26

27 Capital Letters Student Assessment Sheet (TWO MINUTE ASSESSMENT) Data Point 1: H N C M I D L U T A J S Z K B E Y R V X F Q W O P G Data Point 2: I M D L B Q V J U R G N Y E T O W H X A P Z K S C F Data Point 3: E J R T C Q S H P D O Z F I K B X G W Y U L N V M A Data Point 4: P A S B U C O D T E N F Y G M W L X K V J R I Z Q H Data Point 5: A C E G J L P S W V M O U X R Y Z N T Q K H F I D B Data Point 6: J P H O X C U I N T A Y K F Q B W V R L Z E S D G M Data Point 7: K L M Q R C B A S I T J H G Y Z U V X W F E D N O P Data Point 8: G E N J O F R U P C W H Q I Z X A S Y M B L V T K D Data Point 9: L O R V K U X M H E C S A I G B Z T D W Y N P F Q J Data Point 10: H K D O S Z F L C Y P U V Q X G W T B R E J M I A N Data Point 11: B I A F K E R J V Q D Y C Z L H U W G N S M X P T O Data Point 12: I D F E P M U S Z A H R V G Y K T X J Q B N W C O L 27

28 Progress Monitoring Lowercase Letter Recognition Recording Sheet Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Have the student read from the Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct responses on this data sheet. Place a under each letter the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular letter, have him/her skip that letter and move on to the next on the list. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Baseline/Universal Screening (Lowercase Letters Only): (Date: ) Total # Correct: _ (out of 26) e j m l b g a n k r t q h s v d y w u x f o i z p c Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct: g m b s w p t h a o c f y l z i x e v k q u r n d j Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct: a f j q v m r l y u k z c g d h w s n p o t x i e b Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct: m q c n r h a w y e s f g p z v j b o t k x d u l i Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct: l j p e n b r m q a w s v z t g d c x u y f o i h k Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct: m n l o k p j q i r h s g t f u e v d w c x b y a z Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct: o s m u a n d c t k w b l r v h i f p e j z g y x q Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct: n p w s o r x q a z k t l u e j d b c y f i v g h m Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct: g q x c n h v b o r d p l i e s z f m a y j u w t k Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct: h r e o c s a p b v d q f u g t i y j n w m z k x l Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct: s v x o g n m h c l k t b p r i a q d e f j w z y u Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct: t u w i b z a q v h r g y p j n x s k c d m e l f o Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct: c i n a r u q z b k d o j y s g w p l x f t v h m e 28

29 Lowercase Letters Student Assessment Sheet Data Point 1: (TWO MINUTE ASSESSMENT) g m b s w p t h a o c f y l z i x e v k q u r n d j Data Point 2: a f j q v m r l y u k z c g d h w s n p o a f j q v Data Point 3: m q c n r h a w y e s f g p z v j b o t k x d u m q Data Point 4: l j p e n b r m q a w s v z t g d c x u y l j p e n Data Point 5: m n l o k p j q i r h s g t f u e v d w c m n l o k Data Point 6: o s m u a n d c t k w b l r v h i f p e j o s m u a Data Point 7: n p w s o r x q a z k t l u e j d b c y f n p w s o Data Point 8: g q x c n h v b o r d p l i e s z f m a y g q x c n Data Point 9: h r e o c s a p b v d q f u g t i y j n w h r e o c Data Point 10: s v x o g n m h c l k t b p r i a q d e f s v x o g Data Point 11: t u w i b z a q v h r g y p j n x s k c d t u w i b Data Point 12: c i n a r u q z b k d o j y s g w p l x f c i n a r 29

30 Student Score Student Score RTI GRAPHS Capital Letter Recognition Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Capital Letter Recognition assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. Capital Letter Recognition US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date Student Score Goal* 26 Lowercase Letter Recognition On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Lowercase Letter Recognition assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. Lowercase Letter Recognition US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date Student Score Goal* 26 30

31 Student Score Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for both Capital Letter and Lowercase Letter Recognition (combined) assessments given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. Capital Letter & Lowercase Letter Recognition Combined Date Student Score US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Goal* 52 31

32 Letter Recognition Lesson Checklist Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Name of Lesson 1: Sorting Letters Lesson by Characteristics (long stick letters) Lesson 2: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (short stick letters) Lesson 3: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with circles) Lesson 4: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with curves) Lesson 5: Name Puzzle Date(s) lesson was taught Date lesson was mastered Lesson 6: Sorting Capital Letters Lesson 7: Sorting Lowercase Letters Lesson 8: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters Lesson 9: Alphabetical Order (using capital letters only) Lesson 10: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase letters only) Lesson 11: Alphabetical Order (using both capital and lowercase letters) Lesson 12: Alphabet Olympics Lesson 13: Sorting by Consonants and Vowels Lesson 14: Alphabet Review 32

33 Letter Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Use these sheets to record the results of each intervention lesson in order to ascertain whether or not mastery of the content has been achieved. Lesson 1: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (long stick letters) Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 10 long-stick letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters. Date mastered: b d f h k l p q t y Lesson 2: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (short stick letters) Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 9 short stick letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters. Date mastered: i m n r u v w x z Lesson 3: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with circles) Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL 8 letters with circles without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters. Date mastered: a b d e g o p q Lesson 4: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with curves) Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate ALL letters with curves without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 lowercase letters. Date mastered: c e f h j m n r s u Lesson 5: Name Puzzle Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place the pieces in order correctly, can state the name of each letter as it is put together, and can consistently do it at least ten times in a row WITHOUT assistance. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: YES NO Can the student place the pieces of his/her name in order without assistance? Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order? Can the student complete the puzzle and correctly state the name of each letter consistently at least ten times in a row without assistance? 33

34 Lesson 6: Sorting Capital Letters Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 capital letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 capital letters. Special Note: Assess student by calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order. Date mastered: A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Lesson 7: Sorting Lowercase Letters Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 lowercase letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 26 capital letters. Special Note: Assess student by calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order. Date mastered: a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z Lesson 8: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters Assessment: Place a under each letter that the student can consistently locate and identify WITHOUT assistance. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can locate and state the name of ALL 26 capital letters and all 26 lowercase letters without hesitation from a complete pile of all 52 letters (capital plus lowercase). Special Note: Assess student by calling letters out in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order. Date mastered: A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m N n O o P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z z Lesson 9: Alphabetical Order (using capital letters only) Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 26 capital letters in alphabetical order consistently without assistance. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: YES NO Can the student place all 26 capital letters in alphabetical order without assistance? Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order? Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., What is the 5 th letter of the alphabet?, What letter comes before S?, What letter comes after B?, etc.) Lesson 10: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase letters only) Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 26 lowercase letters in alphabetical order consistently without assistance. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: Can the student place all 26 lowercase letters in alphabetical order without assistance? Can the student correctly state the name of each letter as he/she places them in order? Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., What is the 5 th letter of the alphabet?, What letter comes before S?, What letter comes after B?, etc.) 34 YES NO

35 Lesson 11: Alphabetical Order (using both capital and lowercase letters) Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can place ALL 52 capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order consistently without assistance and can accurately state the name and case for each letter without hesitation. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: YES NO Can the student place all 52 capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order without assistance? Can the student correctly state the name and case of each letter as he/she places them in order? Can the student answer random questions concerning the order in which letters come? (i.e., What is the 3 rd letter of the alphabet?, What letter comes before v?, What letter comes after M?, etc.) Lesson 12: Alphabet Olympics Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and consistently state the names of all letters in a variety of ways. Special Note: Allow the student to look at a simple alphabet chart to complete these tasks. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: Can the student say the letters of the alphabet in alphabetical order without hesitation? Can the student say the letters of the alphabet in backwards order without hesitation? Can the student say every other letter of the alphabet without hesitation beginning with the letter A? Can the student say every other letter of the alphabet without hesitation beginning with the letter B? Can the student say every lowercase letter that has long sticks without hesitation? Can the student say every lowercase letter that has short sticks without hesitation? Can the student say every lowercase letter that has a circle without hesitation? Can the student say every lowercase letter that has a curve without hesitation? Lesson 13: Sorting by consonants and vowels Assessment: Place a under each letter the student can consistently and accurately identify as being either a consonant or a vowel. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and accurately state whether a particular letter is a consonant or a vowel. Special Note: Assess student by pointing to letters in random order. Do not go in alphabetical order. Date mastered: A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m YES NO N n O o P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z Z Lesson 14: Alphabet Review Assessment: Place a under either YES or NO after answering each question in the questionnaire. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can automatically and consistently state the names of all letters, state each letter s case (capital or lowercase), and state whether the letter is a consonant or a vowel. Assessment Questionnaire: Date mastered: Can the student say the letters of the alphabet without hesitation when presented in random order? Can the student identify the case of the letters of the alphabet without hesitation when presented in random order? Can the student identify and state whether a letter is a consonant or a vowel when presented in random order? Can the student spell words from a written text without hesitation? 35 YES NO

36 Capital Letter Alphabet Chart A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 36

37 Lowercase Letter Alphabet Chart a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 37

38 Alphabet Chart (Capital & Lowercase Combined) Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz 38

39 Letter Recognition Intervention Lessons Use the following 14 lessons to guide you through the letter recognition intervention. Remember, the intervention is individualized to the student s needs and must be implemented at the student s pace. Don t move to a new lesson until mastery of the current lesson is achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal. To determine whether or not mastery of each lesson has been achieved, use the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pages 33-35) to measure the student s proficiency before beginning a new lesson. 39

40 Letter Recognition: Lesson 1 Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (long stick letters) **THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY** Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with long sticks versus letters without long sticks by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters are tall ( t ), some are short ( c ), some are wide ( m ), some are thin ( l ), some have curves ( s ), some have only straight lines ( k ), etc. Show the student the letter l and explain that it is characterized by one long stick. Also show the student the letter p. Have the student point to the long stick on the letter p. STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with long sticks from among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds long-stick letters, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Continue until all long-stick letters have been found (b, d, f, h, k, l, p, q, t, y) STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with the words long stick letters. STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all long stick letters without hesitation. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 40

41 Letter Recognition: Lesson 2 Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (short stick letters) **THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY** Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with short sticks versus letters without short sticks by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters are tall ( t ), some are short ( c ), some are wide ( m ), some are thin ( l ), some have curves ( s ), some have only straight lines ( k ), etc. Show the student the letter n and explain that it is characterized by one short stick and a curve. Also show the student the letter m. Explain that it too has a short stick. Have the student point to the short stick on the letter m. STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with short sticks from among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds short stick letters, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Continue until all short stick letters have been found (i, m, n, r, u, v, w, x, z) STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with the words short stick letters. STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all short stick letters without hesitation. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 41

42 Letter Recognition: Lesson 3 Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with circles) **THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY** Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with circles versus letters without circles by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters are tall ( t ), some are short ( c ), some are wide ( m ), some are thin ( l ), some have curves ( s ), some have only straight lines ( k ), etc. Show the student the letter o and explain that it is characterized by one small circle. Also show the student the letter p. Explain that it too has a circle. Have the student point to the circle on the letter p. STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with circles from among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds letters with circle, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Continue until all letters with circles have been found (a, b, d, e, g, o, p, q) STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with the words letters with circles. STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all circle letters without hesitation. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 42

43 Letter Recognition: Lesson 4 Lesson Name: Sorting Letters by Characteristics (letters with curves) **THIS ACTIVITY USES LOWERCASE LETTERS ONLY** Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between letters with curves versus letters without curves by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that each letter has its own characteristics. Some letters are tall ( t ), some are short ( c ), some are wide ( m ), some are thin ( l ), some have curves ( s ), some have only straight lines ( k ), etc. Show the student the letter n and explain that it is characterized by one small stick and one hump (which is a curved line). Also show the student the letter c. Explain that it has a curve. Have the student point to the curve on the letter c. STEP TWO: Model how to find other letters with curves from among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Make sure that ONLY lowercase letters are in the pile of letters. As the student finds letters with curves, state the name of the letter and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Continue until all letters with curves have been found (c, e, f, h, j, m, n, r, s, u) STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with the words letters with curves. STEP FIVE: Continue activity until the student can find all curved letters without hesitation. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 43

44 Letter Recognition: Lesson 5 Lesson Name: Name Puzzle Description of Lesson/Activity: The student recognizes, identifies, and names the letters in his/her first name. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will learn the letters in his/her first name. Write the student s name on an index card or sheet of paper in large letters. State the name of each letter as it is written and have the student repeat. STEP TWO: Use scissors to cut the letters apart and place the pieces in front of the student. Have the student put his/her name together while stating each letter in order. Assist student as needed. If necessary, model how to put the student s name together. STEP THREE: Show student how to mix the letters up and have student put the name puzzle together again. Repeat this step until the student can put the puzzle together and can say the names of each letter without assistance. STEP FOUR: Ask questions about the student s name such as: What is the first letter of your name?, How many letters are in your name?, Do you have a b in your name?, etc. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 44

45 Letter Recognition: Lesson 6 Lesson Name: Sorting Capital Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between two or more capital letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Choose one capital letter (or two or three letters for advanced students) on which to focus. Write the target letter on the board, a chart, whiteboard, piece of paper, or card, and state its name. Have student repeat. STEP TWO: Model how to find the target letter among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Move the target letter away from the pile and instruct the student to find more of the target letter in the pile. Have the student say the name of the letter each time he/she finds one. STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO with the second or third focus letter (if student is able to handle more than one target letter at a time). STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with that letter written on it. Have the student say the name of each target letter as he/she places it on the sheet or card. STEP FIVE: Continue activity with other letters until all 26 letters have been focused on. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 45

46 Letter Recognition: Lesson 7 Lesson Name: Sorting Lowercase Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between two or more lowercase letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Choose one lowercase letter (or two or three letters for advanced students) on which to focus. Write the target letter on the board, a chart, whiteboard, piece of paper, or card, and state its name. Have student repeat. STEP TWO: Model how to find the target letter among a pile of other letters (limit the number of different letters for inexperienced learners). Move the target letter away from the pile and instruct the student to find more of the target letter in the pile. Have the student say the name of the letter each time he/she finds one. STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO with the second or third focus letter (if student is able to handle more than one target letter at a time). STEP FOUR: Have student sort the target letters from a pile and place them on a sheet or card with that letter written on it. Have the student say the name of each letter as he/she places it on the sheet or card. STEP FIVE: Continue activity with other letters until all 26 letters have been focused on. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 46

47 Letter Recognition: Lesson 8 Lesson Name: Sorting Capital and Lowercase Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between capital and lowercase letters by paying attention to details or shapes of the letters. The student practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that this lesson is a follow-up lesson to the previous two lessons. Explain that he/she will find letters and will identify them as being either capital or lowercase. STEP TWO: Say the name of a letter and have the student find the capital representation as well as the lowercase representation. Have student state which is which. STEP THREE: Continue in the same manner until all letters have been found and identified. STEP FOUR: Have student find specific letters such as capital F or lowercase n to ensure understanding of the two cases. STEP FIVE: Continue activity until student can locate and identify all letters (both capital and lowercase) without hesitation. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 47

48 Letter Recognition: Lesson 9 Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using capital letters only) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet come in a special order call alphabetical order. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific order called alphabetical order. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a particular order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, etc.). For this lesson use only capital letters. State the name for each letter as it is placed in order. Have student repeat or state the letter chorally. STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order. Tell the student that the name of the order is Alphabetical Order. Have student repeat the words Alphabetical Order. STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing the capital letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more confident, reduce the amount of assistance until the student can complete the task without any assistance at all. STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to place all capital letters in alphabetical order independently ask him/her questions such as: What letter comes after F?, Which two letters come after S? etc. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 48

49 Letter Recognition: Lesson 10 Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using lowercase letters only) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet come in a special order call alphabetical order. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific order called alphabetical order. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a particular order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, etc.). For this lesson use only lowercase letters. State the name for each letter as it is placed in order. Have student repeat or state the letter chorally. STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order. Tell the student that the name of the order is Alphabetical Order. Have student repeat the words Alphabetical Order. STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing the lowercase letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more confident, reduce the amount of assistance until the student can complete the task without any assistance at all. STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to independently place all lowercase letters in alphabetical order ask him/her questions such as: What letter comes after t?, Which two letters come after d? etc. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 49

50 Letter Recognition: Lesson 11 Lesson Name: Alphabetical Order (using both capital and lowercase letters) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student learns that the letters of the alphabet come in a special order call alphabetical order. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that the letters of the alphabet come in a specific order called alphabetical order. Show student how the letters of the alphabet go in a particular order by using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, etc.). For this lesson use both capital and lowercase letters. State the name for each letter as it is placed in order. Place the letters with the capital appearing first followed by its lowercase counterpart. Have student repeat or state the letters chorally. Have student state whether the letter is capital or lowercase. (i.e., Capital A, lowercase a, capital B, lowercase b, capital C, lowercase c, etc.) STEP TWO: Mix the letters up and have the student help you put them back in order. Tell the student that the name of the order is Alphabetical Order. Have student repeat the words Alphabetical Order. STEP THREE: Continue mixing up letters and assisting the student with placing ALL capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order. As the student becomes more confident, reduce the amount of assistance until the student can complete the task without any assistance at all. STEP FOUR: Once the student is able to independently place ALL capital and lowercase letters in alphabetical order ask him/her questions such as: What letter comes after w?, Which two letters come after l? etc. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 50

51 Letter Recognition: Lesson 12 Lesson Name: Alphabet Olympics Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices saying the names of the letters of the alphabet in a variety of ways using a simple alphabet chart. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will practice saying the alphabet letters in many different ways. Show student an alphabet chart. STEP TWO: Point to each letter in order and have the student say the name of each letter. Provide assistance when student falters but reduce help once the student becomes more confident. Tell student that he/she just stated all of the letters in alphabetical order. STEP THREE: Explain to student that he/she will now say the letters of the alphabet backwards starting with the letter Z. Point to each letter as the student reads them going backward. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will now read every other letter of the alphabet. Point to every other letter as the student orally states them. If necessary, have the student clap his/her hands to represent the letters being skipped. Also have the student say every other letter beginning with the letter B. STEP FIVE: Have student say the names of letters using the following criteria: all letters with long sticks (lowercase only) all letters with short stick (lowercase only) all letters with circles (lowercase only) all letters with curves (lowercase only) STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 51

52 Letter Recognition: Lesson 13 Lesson Name: Sorting by Consonants and Vowels Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between consonant and vowel letters and practices sorting those letters using letter manipulatives (magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, letter tiles, etc.). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that there is another way to sort the letters of the alphabet. Show the student a simple alphabet chart and tell him/her that all of the letters fall into one of two categories. Each letter is either a consonant or a vowel. Have student say the words consonant and vowel. STEP TWO: Point to the letters a, e, i, o, and u and explain that those letters are called vowels. Tell student that all of the other letters are consonants. Special note: for the purpose of sorting, the letter y will be considered a consonant for this lesson. STEP THREE: Repeat step TWO until the student has memorized that the letters a, e, i, o, and u are vowels. STEP FOUR: Using a simple alphabet chart, point to random letters and have the student state whether that letter is a consonant or a vowel. Practice this step until the student can state which is which without hesitation. Use the alphabet chart when assessing the student. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 52

53 Letter Recognition: Lesson 14 Lesson Name: Alphabet Review Description of Lesson/Activity: The student practices locating, identifying, and saying the names of the letters of the alphabet using a variety of methods (alphabet chart, letter manipulatives or flashcards, and newspaper or book print). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will practice saying the alphabet letters using an alphabet chart. Show student an alphabet chart and point to random letters. Have student say the name of each letter, the case of each letter (capital or lowercase), and whether the letter is a consonant or a vowel. STEP TWO: Using letter manipulatives or flashcards, quiz the student on his/her letter knowledge. As each letter is shown have student say its name, its case (capital or lowercase), and whether it is a consonant or a vowel. STEP THREE: Using a newspaper or a book, point to random letters and have the student say their names. Also have the student state the letter s case and whether it is a consonant or a vowel. STEP FOUR: Using the same books or newspapers, have student show off his/her letter expertise by having him/her spell out random words found in the text. Give the student a high five or a pat on the back for being able to easily say the letters found in words! STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Recognition Mini-Assessment sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, then he/she has successfully completed the Letter Recognition Intervention and may move on to more complex skills such as letter sounds, rhyming, segmenting, or blending. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 53

54 Capital Letter Cards Copy these sheets and cut out each square to use as letter manipulatives if other manipulatives are not available (such as letter flashcards, magnetic letters, foam letters, etc.) A B C D E F G H I J K L 54

55 M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 55

56 Lowercase Letter Cards These sheets can be used as letter manipulatives if other manipulatives are not available (such as letter flashcards, magnetic letters, foam letters, etc.) a b c d e f g h i j k l 56

57 m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 57

58 58

59 LETTER SOUNDS 59

60 LETTER SOUNDS OVERVIEW Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal Screening: Letter Sounds Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed on the Letter Sounds Let s Get Started! page) including the Letter Sounds Lesson Checklist. Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student s response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Letter Sounds lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out lucky guesses or a fluke with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Letter Sounds Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Letter Sounds Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as rhyming and word families, segmenting and word parts, or blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention. The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur. 60

61 Student Score PROGRESS MONITORING As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Letter Sounds intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing oranges to oranges which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention. PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the purpose of data analysis for the Letter Sounds intervention, a graph will be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read snap shot of how the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 11 th week of the Letter Sounds intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student. SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT X : Letter Sounds Recognition 10 0 US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/28 9/4 9/18 9/25 10/2 10/9 10/16 10/16 10/23 Student Score Goal*

62 What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student X? According to the universal screening/baseline assessment (given ) the student was not able to identify any of the 60 letter sounds (consonants, blends, and vowels). The intervention focused on letter sounds and after 11 weeks of intervention, student X has made progress but has yet to master all 60 of the sounds needed to move forward with higher level skills. One decline in the number of sounds known was noted (on ) but Student X s growth-line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 11 th week of intervention, Student X now knows 30 of the 60 letter/blends sounds. Student X has responded reasonably well to the intervention. Additional time with the same intervention with more intensity may be the recommendation for this student until mastery of all 60 sounds has been obtained. SPECIAL NOTE: Progress Monitoring Assessments of beginning letter sounds, ending letter sounds, and middle vowel sounds are also included in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of documenting more specific skills. To assess and document all 60 letter and blended sounds, simply give the student the letter sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, and vowels) assessments each week. 62

63 Let s Get Started! To implement the Letter Sounds intervention in this manual, copy the following pages for each student in the intervention group: Universal Screening Letter Sounds Assessment Recording Sheet (p. 64) Letter Sounds Student Assessment Sheet (p. 65) Progress Monitoring: Letter Sounds: Consonants, Consonant Blends, & Vowels Assessment (pp. 66 & 67) RTI Graph Letter Sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, and vowels) (p. 68) Letter Sounds Lesson Checklist (p. 75) Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp ) Alphabet Chart (if needed) (p. 81) Letter Sounds and Blends Chart (if needed) (p. 82) Vowels Chart (if needed) (p. 83) *SPECIAL NOTE: If more detailed letter sound data is needed or warranted, copy one or more of the following: o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: beginning sounds only) (p. 69) o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: beginning sounds only) (p. 70) o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: ending sounds only) (p. 71) o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: ending sounds only) (p. 72) o Supplemental Progress Monitoring (Letter Sounds: middle vowel sounds only) (p. 73) o Supplemental RTI Graph (Letter Sounds: middle vowel sounds only) (p. 74) If needed, the letter/blends cards on pages can be copied and cut out to use for intervention sessions. 63

64 Universal Screening Letter Sounds Assessment Recording Sheet CONSONANTS, CONSONANT BLENDS, & VOWELS Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Have the student read from the Letter Sounds Student Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct responses on this data sheet. Place a under each letter or letter combination the student can confidently and accurately pronounce. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular letter or letter combination, have him/her skip that one and move on to the next one. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Date: f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Total # Correct (Total # Possible = 60) 64

65 Read Across Letter Sounds Student Assessment Sheet To be used for the Universal Screening & all Data Point assessments Directions: Say the SOUND each letter or groups of letters make f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh th th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī 65

66 Progress Monitoring Letter Sounds: Consonants, Consonant Blends, & Vowels Assessment Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Have the student read from the Letter Sounds Student Assessment Sheet (going across each row) as you mark correct responses on this data sheet. Place a under each letter sound the student can confidently and accurately identify. If a student spends more than five seconds on a particular sound, have him/her skip that sound and move on to the next on the list. DO NOT provide the student with the correct response. Baseline/Universal Screening: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī 66

67 Progress Monitoring: Letter Sounds (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct: (out of 60) f j m w z p l b s k r g t x v c n d h y bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh TH th ph ū ĭ ă ē ĕ ŏ ā ō ī 67

68 Student Score RTI GRAPH Letter Sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, and vowels) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) score and all data point (DP) scores for each Letter Sounds Assessment (all consonants, consonant blends, & vowels). *Establish goal line before intervention begins. Letter Sounds (all consonants, consonant blends, & vowels) Date Student Score US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Goal* 60 68

69 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only) (Only use if supplemental assessments are needed) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the sound at the beginning of the word (Example: flag = /fl/, sit = /s/). Place a check under each correct response. Baseline/Universal Screening: (Date: ) open candle ride grave thick river brake quake handle pain Total # Correct: Data Point 1: (Date: ) plant apple bunk mend jump needle crank start lamp yesterday Total # Correct: Data Point 2: (Date: ) hose kite bright work cold pumpkin spider brook trophy nothing Total # Correct: Data Point 3: (Date: ) flag west substitute blanket sofa pillow carpet jelly night dog Total # Correct: Data Point 4: (Date: ) drag volt frog classic lake sound slide elephant gear great Total # Correct: Data Point 5: (Date: ) shop umbrella icy trip bag window speak ham race legs Total # Correct: Data Point 6: (Date: ) money veal bought cross kiss least cease nip ghost tick Total # Correct: Data Point 7: (Date: ) igloo ape harry lion egg plop extreme jam glisten blue Total # Correct: Data Point 8: (Date: ) zeal cot inn operation hospital stove pencil tray tile chip Total # Correct: Data Point 9: (Date: ) sunny popcorn ashtray alligator crocodile coat dance blind round hind Total # Correct: Data Point 10: (Date: ) fox vex name grade cart pout middle blank every even Total # Correct: Data Point 11: (Date: ) party neighbor used just brother sister zoo beast plastic magic Total # Correct: Data Point 12: (Date: ) freeze ivy angel kick poke rope anteater under pal lemon 69 Total # Correct:

70 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only) (Only use if supplemental assessments are needed) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. 10 Letter Sounds (beginning sounds only) US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date Student Score Goal* 10 70

71 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) (Only use if supplemental assessments are needed) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the sound at the end of the word (Example: log = /g/, boat = /t/). Place a check under each correct response. Baseline: (Date: ) cup tank west Monday bulb fun came bag have puff Total # Correct: Data Point 1: (Date: ) key vine yes wagon hair nail great lob fox little Total # Correct: Data Point 2: (Date: ) dead well track quiet deer magic zip church push town Total # Correct: Data Point 3: (Date: ) doze flame lake rest open rat north plate fork glass Total # Correct: Data Point 4: (Date: ) orange we pencil map wham heart job half trip now Total # Correct: Data Point 5: (Date: ) wish first pew tax bay quit rile clip jive near Total # Correct: Data Point 6: (Date: ) board building teacher leaf note mouse brave boxes pass fresh Total # Correct: Data Point 7: (Date: ) egg bird tree nest flower pollen smell wind rain warm Total # Correct: Data Point 8: (Date: ) hospital book page medicine time doctor grass window rule bear Total # Correct: Data Point 9: (Date: ) pox blew queen vice wick munch king yellow cloud castle Total # Correct: Data Point 10: (Date: ) heart stop wheel bleed rig beef crust kill fur shore Total # Correct: Data Point 11: (Date: ) sled brag hope trust josh plus vim fix quick group Total # Correct: Data Point 12: (Date: ) island vine knife mouth giant shoes back gum high jump 71 Total # Correct:

72 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) (Only use if supplemental assessments are needed) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. 10 Letter Sounds (ending sounds only) RTI Graph US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date Student Score Goal* 10 72

73 Progress Monitoring Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state the vowel sound in the middle of the word. Also have the student state whether the vowel sound is a short sound or a long sound (Example: pit = /ĭ/ short vowel). Place checks under each correct response (each word has two answers: 1) identifying the vowel sound and 2) stating whether it is a long or short vowel sound). Universal Screening/Baseline: (Date: ) Total # Correct pine rot huge rug bone Data Point #1: (Date: ) Total # Correct mind gave tack rib vent Data Point #2: (Date: ) Total # Correct mule mile cat web fright Data Point #3: (Date: ) Total # Correct send nose jump pit box Data Point #4: (Date: ) Total # Correct truck bank hive rose pen Data Point #5: (Date: ) Total # Correct band mend sign plus pole Data Point #6: (Date: ) Total # Correct kick bag nudge mode safe Data Point #7: (Date: ) Total # Correct vote track just poke bop Data Point #8: (Date: ) Total # Correct men rock tax frame blind Data Point #9: (Date: ) Total # Correct crime pane fast nest jot Data Point #10: (Date: ) Total # Correct flute bunch grape wind vine Data Point #11: (Date: ) Total # Correct cent zone quit gripe hush Data Point #12: (Date: ) Total # Correct fox clock note tan pipe 73

74 Student Score RTI GRAPH Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only) (Only use if supplemental assessments are needed) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only) assessment given. *Establish goal line before intervention begins. 10 Letter Sounds (middle vowel sounds only) US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date Student Score Goal* 10 74

75 Letter Sounds Lesson Checklist Student Name: Name of Lesson Lesson 1: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/ Lesson 2: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/ Lesson 3: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/ Lesson 4: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/ Lesson 5: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/ Lesson 6: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard), /w/ Lesson 7: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/ Lesson 8: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review Lesson 9: Hearing l Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl Lesson 10: Hearing r Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr Lesson 11: Hearing s Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw Lesson 12: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ, str Lesson 13: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, qu Lesson 14: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review Lesson 15: Writing Consonant Letters Lesson 16: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Lesson 17: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds Lesson 18: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Lesson 19: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă Lesson 20: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ Lesson 21: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ Lesson 22: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ Lesson 23: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ Lesson 24: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds From Each Other Lesson 25: Writing Short Vowel Letters Lesson 26: Saying Short Vowel Sounds Lesson 27: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds From Each Other Lesson 28: Writing Long Vowel Letters Lesson 29: Saying Long Vowel Sounds Lesson 30: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long Vowels Lesson 31: Letter Sounds Review Date(s) lesson was taught Date lesson was mastered 75

76 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 1) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Lesson 1: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. Lesson 2: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. Lesson 3: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. Lesson 4: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. Date mastered: Lesson 5: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /b/ /f/ /m/ Date mastered: /d/ /l/ /s/ Date mastered: /p/ /r/ /t/ Date mastered: /h/ /j/ /v/ /k/ /g/ (soft) /z/ Date mastered: Lesson 6: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard), /w/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /c/ (hard) /g/ (hard) /w/ Date mastered: Lesson 7: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /c/ (soft) /g/ /y/ Date mastered: Lesson 8: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a under each letter that the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct letter consistently without assistance. /b/ /c/ (hard) /c/ (soft) /d/ /f/ /g/ (hard) /g/ (soft) /h/ /j/ /k/ /l/ /m/ /n/ /p/ /r/ /s/ /t/ /v/ /w/ /x/ /y/ Date mastered: 76

77 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 2) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Lesson 9: Hearing l Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each blend the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. bl cl fl gl pl sl Date mastered: Lesson 10: Hearing r Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each blend the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. br cr dr fr gr pr tr Date mastered: Lesson 11: Hearing s Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each blend the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. sc sk sm sn sp st sw Date mastered: Lesson 12: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ, str Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each blend the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend consistently without assistance. scr spl spr squ str Date mastered: Lesson 13: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, qu Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each special sound the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct special sound consistently without assistance. ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) ph qu Date mastered: Lesson 14: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a under each blend or special sound the student can consistently point to WITHOUT assistance after its sound is pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct blend or special sound consistently without assistance. bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph Date mastered: 77

78 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 3) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Lesson 15: Writing Consonant Letters Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a under each letter the student can consistently write after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the correct letter consistently without assistance. b c (hard) c (soft) d f g (hard) g (soft) h j k l m n p r s t v w x y z Date mastered: Lesson 16: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a under each blend or special sound the student can consistently write after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the correct blend or special sound letter combination without assistance. Special Note: Make sure the student understands that the blends sc and sk make the same sound and should be written as a pair for that sound. bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph Date mastered: Lesson 17: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a under each letter as the student consistently says its sound after seeing the letter in print (both capital and lowercase). The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the correct letter sound without assistance. A a B b C c D d E e F f G g H h I i J j K k L l M m N n O o P p Q q R r S s T t U u V v W w X x Y y Z z Date mastered: Lesson 18: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a under each blend or special sound as the student consistently says its sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the correct sound for each blend or special letter combination without assistance. bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ qu str ch sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) Ph Date mastered: Lesson 19: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to the letter ă each time he/she is able to distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the letter ă consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ă 78 Date mastered:

79 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 4) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Lesson 20: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to the letter ĕ each time he/she is able to distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the letter ĕ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. Date mastered: Lesson 21: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to the letter ĭ each time he/she is able to distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the letter ĭ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. Lesson 22: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to the letter ŏ each time he/she is able to distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the letter ŏ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. Date mastered: Lesson 23: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to the letter ŭ each time he/she is able to distinguish it from a consonant letter sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the letter ŭ consistently without assistance at least 10 times. Lesson 24: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds from Each Other Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each short vowel letter each time the student is able to distinguish it from the other short vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ă ĕ ĭ Lesson 25: Writing Short Vowel Letters Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a next to each letter the student can consistently write after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the correct letter consistently without assistance. Special Note: Make sure the student writes each letter with the breve symbol (the smiley above each letter) to signify the short sound for that letter. ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ Date mastered: Lesson 26: Saying Short Vowel Sounds Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a under each vowel as the student consistently says its sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the correct sound for each vowel without assistance. ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ Date mastered: Lesson 27: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds from Each Other Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each long vowel letter each time the student is able to distinguish it from the other long vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ă ĕ ĭ 79 ŏ ĕ ĭ Date mastered: ŏ ŭ Date mastered: ŏ ŭ Date mastered: ŭ Date mastered:

80 Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (p. 5) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Lesson 28: Writing Long Vowel Letters Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a next to each letter the student can consistently write after hearing its sound pronounced. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately write the correct letter consistently without assistance. ā ē ī ō ū Date mastered: Lesson 29: Saying Long Vowel Sounds Use the following chart to assess this lesson. Place a next to each vowel as the student consistently says its sound after seeing it in printed form. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say the correct sound for each vowel without assistance. ā ē ī ō ū Date mastered: Lesson 30: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long Vowels Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each vowel letter each time the student is able to distinguish it from the other long vowel sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately point to, write, or say the correct vowel consistently without assistance at least 10 times. ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ Date mastered: ā ē ī ō ū Lesson 31: Letter Sounds Review ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ ā ē ī ō ū Bb Cc (soft) Cc (hard) Dd Ff Gg (soft) Gg (hard) Hh Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Pp Rr Ss Tt Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch Sh th (voiced) th (unvoiced) ph Date mastered: 80

81 Alphabet Chart This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh Ii Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Oo Pp Qq Rr Ss Tt Uu Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz 81

82 Letter Sounds and Blends Chart This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ ā ē ī ō ū Bb Cc (soft) Cc (hard) Dd Ff Gg (soft) Gg (hard) Hh Jj Kk Ll Mm Nn Pp Rr Ss Tt Vv Ww Xx Yy Zz bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ str qu ch sh th (voiced) th ph (unvoiced) 82

83 Vowels Chart This chart may be used to help reinforce skills taught in this book ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ ā ē ī ō ū 83

84 Letter Sounds Intervention Lessons Use the following 31 lessons to guide you through the letter sounds intervention. Remember, the intervention is individualized to the student s needs and must be implemented at the student s pace. Don t move to a new lesson until mastery of the current lesson is achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal. To determine whether or not mastery of each lesson has been achieved, use the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet (pages 76-80) to measure the student s proficiency before beginning a new lesson. 84

85 Letter Sounds: Lesson 1 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /b/, /f/, /m/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter b (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter b makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters f and m STEP FOUR: Write the letters b, f, and m on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 85

86 Letter Sounds: Lesson 2 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /d/, /l/, /s/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter d (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter b makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters l and s STEP FOUR: Write the letters d, l, and s on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 86

87 Letter Sounds: Lesson 3 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /p/, /r/, /t/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter p (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter b makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters r and t STEP FOUR: Write the letters p, r, and t on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 87

88 Letter Sounds: Lesson 4 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /h/, /j/, /v/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter h (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter b makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters j and v STEP FOUR: Write the letters h, j, and v on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 88

89 Letter Sounds: Lesson 5 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /k/, /g/ (soft), /z/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter k (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter b makes the /b/ sound. Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters g (soft) and z STEP FOUR: Write the letters k, g, and z on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 89

90 Letter Sounds: Lesson 6 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (hard), /g/ (hard), /w/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter c (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter c makes two sounds; a soft sound and a hard sound. Say the hard c sound (/k/). Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters g (hard) and w STEP FOUR: Write the letters c, g, and w on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 90

91 Letter Sounds: Lesson 7 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds /c/ (soft), /x/, /y/ Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn the sound of three consonant letters. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter c (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter c makes two sounds; a soft sound and a hard sound. Say the soft c sound (/s/). Special Note: Be sure to say ONLY the sound of the letter and not an exaggerated sound. Many students learn letter sounds incorrectly because the model they are hearing is drawn out. For example, the /b/ sound may be stated baaaah which actually is more than one sound. Have the student repeat the /b/ sound. Say the /b/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the letters x and y STEP FOUR: Write the letters c, x, and y on a sheet of paper (or show the student the three letters using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a letter as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a letter chart, say the sound for each target letter and have the student find each letter by pointing to it (both capital and lowercase). STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 91

92 Letter Sounds: Lesson 8 Lesson Name: Hearing Consonant Sounds Review Description of Lesson/Activity: Using an alphabet chart, the student points to a letter after hearing its sound pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Explain to student that today he/she will review all letter sounds learned so far. STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the sounds learned so far and that he/she will point to the letters that go with those sounds on an alphabet chart. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random letter sounds (from those learned so far) and have student point to the letter on a letter chart. STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently point to each letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 92

93 Letter Sounds: Lesson 9 Lesson Name: Hearing l Blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, sl Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that blends are two or more letter sounds said together. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters b and l (together) (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters. Tell the student that the letters bl make the sound /bl/. Say the bl sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations bl. Have the student repeat the /bl/ sound. Say the /bl/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends cl, fl, gl, pl, and sl. STEP FOUR: Write the blends bl, cl, fl, gl, pl, and sl on a sheet of paper (or show the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct blend without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the student find each by pointing. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 93

94 Letter Sounds: Lesson 10 Lesson Name: Hearing r Blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that blends are two or more letter sounds said together. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters b and r (together) (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters. Tell the student that the letters br make the sound /br/. Say the br sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations br. Have the student repeat the /br/ sound. Say the /br/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr. STEP FOUR: Write the blends br, cr, dr, fr, gr, pr, tr on a sheet of paper (or show the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct blend without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the student find by pointing. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 94

95 Letter Sounds: Lesson 11 Lesson Name: Hearing s Blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that blends are two or more letter sounds said together. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters s and c (together) (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters. Tell the student that the letters sc make the sound /sk/. Say the sc sound. Also inform the student that the letters sk make the same sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations sc. Have the student repeat the /sc/ sound. Say the /sc/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw. STEP FOUR: Write the blends sc, sk, sm, sn, sp, st, sw on a sheet of paper (or show the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct blend without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the student find each by pointing. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 95

96 Letter Sounds: Lesson 12 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Blends scr, spl, spr, squ, str Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a consonant blends chart, the student points to consonant blends after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn sounds called blends. Explain that blends are two or more letter sounds said together. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters s, c and r (together) (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters. Tell the student that the letters scr make the sound /scr/. Say the scr sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations scr. Have the student repeat the /scr/ sound. Say the /scr/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the blends spl, spr, squ, and str. STEP FOUR: Write the blends scr, spl, spr, squ, and str on a sheet of paper (or show the student the blends using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a blend as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct blend without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a blends chart, say the sound for each target blend and have the student find each by pointing. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 96

97 Letter Sounds: Lesson 13 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Sounds ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, qu Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a special sounds chart, the student points to letter combinations that make special sounds after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Have the student state whether the letter is capital, lowercase, a consonant, or a vowel. Begin each letter sound lesson with a review of letter names and a review of previously taught letter sounds. Explain to student that each letter has its own sound and that some letters have more than one sound. Explain that today he/she will learn some special sounds. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters c and h (together) (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letters. Tell the student that the letters ch make the sound /ch/. Say the ch sound. Special Note: Be sure to say the correct sound of the letter combinations ch. Have the student repeat the /ch/ sound. Say the /ch/ sound ten times while having the student repeat each time. STEP THREE: Repeat step two with the sounds sh, th (voiced as in the word these ), th (unvoiced as in the word both ), ph ( ph is pronounced /f/), and qu STEP FOUR: Write the special sounds letter combinations ch, sh, th (voiced), th (unvoiced), ph, and qu on a sheet of paper (or show the student using cards, tiles, etc.). Have the student point to a special sound as you say its sound orally. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter combination without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Using a special sounds chart, say the sound for each target letter combination and have the student find each by pointing. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 97

98 Letter Sounds: Lesson 14 Lesson Name: Hearing Blends and Special Sounds Review Description of Lesson/Activity: Using a Blends Chart, the student points to blends or special letter combinations after hearing them pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter recognition skills. Have the student state the name of letters as you point to them using a letter chart. Also, review letter sound skills by saying the sounds of consonant letters and having the student point to each on the chart. Make sure the student points to both capital and lowercase letters. Explain to student that today he/she will review all of the blends and special sounds learned so far. STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the blends and special sounds learned so far and that he/she will point to the letter blends or letter combinations that go with those sounds on the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random blends and special sounds (from those learned so far) and have student point to them on the chart. STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently point to each blend or special sound without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 98

99 Letter Sounds: Lesson 15 Lesson Name: Writing Consonant Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes letters after hearing their sounds pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Explain to student that today he/she will write all of the consonant letters after hearing their sounds pronounced. Special Note: If the student is not able to write the letters of the alphabet, provide him/her with a blank alphabet chart and have him/her circle the letters as their sounds are pronounced. If the student can only write one of the cases (capital or lowercase) then have him/her write only that case. Otherwise, have the student write both the capital and lowercase form of the letters. STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the consonant letter sounds learned so far and that he/she will write the letters that go with those sounds. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random consonant letter sounds and have student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils (colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.) STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 99

100 Letter Sounds: Lesson 16 Lesson Name: Writing Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes blends and special sounds after hearing pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Explain to student that today he/she will write all of the blends and special letter combinations he/she has learned so far after hearing their sounds pronounced. Special Note: If the student is not able to write the letters of the alphabet, provide him/her with a blank Blends and Special Sounds Chart and have him/her circle the blends as their sounds are pronounced. STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the blends and special sounds learned so far and that he/she will write the blends and special letter combinations that go with those sounds. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say random blends and special sounds and have the student write the blends or letter combinations that correspond to those sounds. Special Note: To add variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils (colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.) STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each blend or special sound without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 100

101 Letter Sounds: Lesson 17 Lesson Name: Saying Consonant Letter Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says letter sounds after seeing the printed form of the letter. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying consonant letter sounds without hearing them stated first. STEP TWO: Using a letter chart or flashcards, show the student a consonant letter. Have the student say that letter s sound without first providing a model. Provide a model if the student doesn t know the sound or says the incorrect sound for the letter. STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows each letter sound automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice! STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 101

102 Letter Sounds: Lesson 18 Lesson Name: Saying Sounds for Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for consonant blends and special sounds after seeing them in printed form. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student basic letter sounds (consonants). Have the student point to letters on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the sounds for the consonant blends he/she has learned in previous lessons. STEP TWO: Using the Blends and Special Sounds Chart or flashcards, show the student a blend or special sound letter combination. Have the student say the sound without first providing a model. Provide a model if the student doesn t know the sound or says the incorrect sound. STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the sound of each blend or special sound automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice! STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 102

103 Letter Sounds: Lesson 19 Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ă Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel sound ă and consonant sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter a. Explain that each vowel has two sounds; a short sound and a long sound. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter a (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter a makes the short sound /ă/. Say the short sound for ă and have the student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ă/ sound at least ten times. STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the short /ă/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short a sound from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 103

104 Letter Sounds: Lesson 20 Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĕ Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel sound ĕ and consonant sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter e. Explain that each vowel has two sounds; a short sound and a long sound. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter e (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter e makes the short sound /ĕ/. Say the short sound for e and have the student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ĕ/ sound at least ten times. STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the short /ĕ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short e sound from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 104

105 Letter Sounds: Lesson 21 Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ĭ Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel sound ĭ and consonant sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter i. Explain that each vowel has two sounds; a short sound and a long sound. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter i (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter i makes the short sound /ĭ/. Say the short sound for i and have the student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ĭ/ sound at least ten times. STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the short /ĭ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short i sound from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 105

106 Letter Sounds: Lesson 22 Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŏ Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel sound ŏ and consonant sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter o. Explain that each vowel has two sounds; a short sound and a long sound. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter o (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter o makes the short sound /ŏ/. Say the short sound for o and have the student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ŏ/ sound at least ten times. STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the short /ŏ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short o sound from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 106

107 Letter Sounds: Lesson 23 Lesson Name: Hearing Short Vowel Sound ŭ Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowel sound ŭ and consonant sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the short sound for the vowel letter u. Explain that each vowel has two sounds; a short sound and a long sound. STEP TWO: Show the student a letter u (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the name for the letter. Tell the student that the letter u makes the short sound /ŭ/. Say the short sound for u and have the student repeat. Have the student repeat the /ŭ/ sound at least ten times. STEP THREE: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) consonant sounds and the short /ŭ/ sound (stated intermittently). Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish the short u sound from the sounds of the consonant letters. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 107

108 Letter Sounds: Lesson 24 Lesson Name: Distinguishing Short Vowel Sounds from Each Other Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the short vowels ă, ĕ, ĭ, ŏ, and ŭ. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will review the short sounds of all of the vowels and practice listening to the differences in those sounds. STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart, say (in random order) the short sounds for all five vowels. Have the student point to the letters on the chart as he/she hears them stated orally. STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student can distinguish between all of the short vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 108

109 Letter Sounds: Lesson 25 Lesson Name: Writing Short Vowel Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes short vowel letters (ă, ĕ, ĭ, ŏ, and ŭ) after hearing their sounds pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of letters, blends, or special sounds as you point to them using a letter chart or the Blends and Special Sounds Chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters, blends, or special sounds GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal! STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the short vowel sounds learned in previous lessons and will practice writing the letters that go with those sounds. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say (in random order) the five short vowel sounds and have the student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils (colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.) STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 109

110 Letter Sounds: Lesson 26 Lesson Name: Saying Short Vowel Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for each vowel (short sounds) after seeing the printed form of the letters. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student short vowel sounds. Have the student point to the vowels on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the short sounds for the vowels he/she has learned in previous lessons. STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart or flashcards, show the student a vowel. Have the student say the short sound of the vowel without first providing a model. Provide a model if the student doesn t know the sound or says the incorrect sound. STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the short sound of each vowel automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice! STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 110

111 Letter Sounds: Lesson 27 Lesson Name: Distinguishing Long Vowel Sounds from Each Other Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between the long vowels ā, ē, ī, ō, and ū. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of consonant letters, blends, special sounds, and short vowels as you point to them using a letter chart or blends chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters or blends GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal. Explain to student that today he/she will learn the long sounds of all of the vowels and practice listening to the differences in those sounds. STEP TWO: Explain that learning the long vowel sounds is very easy because the long sound is the same as the letter name. Review the names of letters by having the student say the name of each letter as you point to random letters on an alphabet chart. Pay special attention to the names of all of the vowels. STEP THREE: Have the student say the sound of each vowel (long sounds) as you point to them on an alphabet letter chart. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEP THREE until the student can distinguish between all of the long vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to the correct letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 111

112 Letter Sounds: Lesson 28 Lesson Name: Writing Long Vowel Letters Description of Lesson/Activity: The student writes long vowel letters (ā, ē, ī, ō, and ū) after hearing their sounds pronounced orally. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review letter sound skills with the student. Have him/her say the sounds of consonant letters, blends, special sounds, and short vowels as you point to them using a letter chart or blends chart. Special Note: If the student forgets the sounds of some letters or blends GO BACK AND RETEACH THOSE PARTICULAR LESSONS!!!! Remember, teaching to MASTERY is the goal! STEP TWO: Explain to student that he/she will hear all of the long vowel sounds and will practice writing the letters that go with those sounds. STEP THREE: Distinctly and clearly say (in random order) the five long vowel sounds and have the student write the letters that correspond with them. Special Note: To add variety to this lesson, allow the student to use a variety of writing surfaces and utensils (colored pencils, markers, chalk, whiteboard, chalkboard, etc.) STEP FOUR: Continue STEP THREE until the student can consistently write each letter without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 112

113 Letter Sounds: Lesson 29 Lesson Name: Saying Long Vowel Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says the sounds for each vowel (long sounds) after seeing the printed form of the letters. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student long vowel sounds. Have the student point to the vowels on a letter chart after their sounds are orally stated. Have student repeat each time. Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying the long sound for each vowel. STEP TWO: Using an alphabet chart or flashcards, show the student a vowel. Have the student say the long sound of the vowel without first providing a model. Provide a model if the student doesn t know the sound or says the incorrect sound. STEP THREE: Repeat STEP TWO until the student knows the long sound of each vowel automatically without assistance. Drill and practice, drill and practice, drill and practice! STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 113

114 Letter Sounds: Lesson 30 Lesson Name: Distinguishing Between Short Vowels and Long Vowels Description of Lesson/Activity: The student distinguishes between both short and long vowel sounds. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review both the short and long sounds of each vowel. Using a Long/Short Vowel Chart, have student point to a vowel after saying it orally. STEP TWO: Give student a piece of paper and a pencil and have him/her practice writing the vowel letters after saying them orally. Make sure the student distinguishes between the short sound and the long sound by using the breve and macron symbols. STEP THREE: Have the student say the sound of each vowel (both long and short sounds) as you point to them on an alphabet letter chart. STEP FOUR: Repeat STEPS ONE THROUGH THREE until the student can distinguish between all of the long and short vowel sounds. Continue drilling the student until he/she can point to, write, and say the correct vowel sound without hesitation. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 114

115 Letter Sounds: Lesson 31 Lesson Name: Letter Sounds Review Description of Lesson/Activity: The student reviews all consonant letter sounds, blends, special sounds, short vowels, and long vowels through a variety of means. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that he/she will review ALL sounds learned in this chapter. STEP TWO: Using charts, flashcards, letter manipulatives, etc. practice saying the sounds learned in this chapter and then have the student locate them. Drill and practice!!! STEP THREE: Provide the student with a writing utensil and a writing surface (paper, chalkboard, whiteboard, etc.) and practice saying the sounds learned in this chapter and then have the student write them. Drill and practice!!! STEP FOUR: Using charts or flashcards, show the student the written form of all of the sounds learned in this chapter and have him/her say their sounds. Drill and practice!!! STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Letter Sounds Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson then he/she has completed the Letter Sounds intervention with success. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 115

116 Letter/Blends Cards bl cl fl gl pl sl br cr dr fr gr pr 116

117 tr sc sk sm sn sp st sw scr spl spr squ 117

118 str qu ch sh thvoiced thunvoiced ph ă ĕ ĭ ŏ ŭ 118

119 ā ē ī ō ū 119

120

121 RHYMING AND WORD FAMILIES

122 RHYMING AND WORD FAMILIES OVERVIEW Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal Screening: Rhyming and Word Families Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed on the Rhyming and Word Families Let s Get Started! page) including the Rhyming and Word Families Lesson Checklist. Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student s response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Rhyming and Word Families lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out lucky guesses or a fluke with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Rhyming and Word Families Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as segmenting and word parts or blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention. The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur. 122

123 Student Score PROGRESS MONITORING As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Rhyming and Word Families intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing oranges to oranges which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention. PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the purpose of data analysis for the Rhyming and Word Families intervention, a graph will be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read snap shot of how the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 11 th week of the Rhyming and Word Families intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student. SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT X : Rhyming and Word Families US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/27 9/3 9/10 9/17 9/24 10/1 10/8 10/15 10/22 10/29 Student Score Goal Score*

124 What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student X? According to the universal screening/baseline assessment (given ) the student scored a 0 out of a possible 12 signifying he/she lacks the ability to hear rhymes, say rhymes, or identify word families. After 12 weeks of the rhyming and word families intervention, Student X has made progress but has yet to reach his/her goal score. Twice the scores remained the same and a regression in scores was noted between DP4 and DP5. However, Student X s growth line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 12 th week of intervention, Student X has consistently fallen short of the weekly goals but is showing gains overall. Additional time with the same intervention would be the logical recommendation for this student until mastery has been achieved. 124

125 Let s Get Started! To implement the Rhyming and Word Families intervention in this manual, copy the following pages for each student in the intervention group: Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 126) Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheets (pp ) Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring RTI Graph (p. 130) Rhyming and Word Families Lessons Checklist (pp ) Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp ) Word Family Cards (pp ) 125

126 Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet Rhyming and Word Families Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Date: Section A. Hearing Rhymes: Have the student sit facing you and explain that you will say two words. Tell him/her to say YES if the two words rhyme and NO if they do not. Have student practice this skill using the words book/look and dirt/cup. Explain that the words book/look rhyme because their ending sounds are the same whereas dirt/cup do not because their ending sounds are different. Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO pig/wig hot/spot dog/dark red/bread Word Pair YES NO Section B. Saying Rhymes: Have the student sit facing you and explain that you will say one word and that he/she will say a second word that rhymes with your word. Have the student practice this skill by stating the following: Say a word that rhymes with mouse. If the student gives a correct response then proceed with this evaluation. If the student does not give a correct response, then briefly explain that rhyming words have the same ending sounds. Explain that house rhymes with mouse because their ending sounds are the same. Once the student understands, proceed with this evaluation. Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response bid tad fun sat Section C. Identifying Word Families: Explain to the student that he/she will hear two words from a particular word family and that he/she will say which family they are from. For example, the words bend and lend are from the -end family. Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response mop/top (-op) fan/tan (-an) bump/stump (-ump) gong/long (-ong) Total # Correct (Total # Possible = 12) 126

127 Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheet Rhyming and Word Families Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment. Data Point 1 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO wag/lag sunk/sold lift/gift net/wet Word Pair YES NO Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response nod tank moon belt Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response torch/scorch (-orch) spice/dice (-ice) bump/stump (-ump) gong/long (-ong) Data Point 2 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO more/mud hung/lung help/hope rub/tub Saying Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response bid tad fun sat Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response sort/snort (-ort) cart/smart (-art) reach/beach (-each) cake/bake (-ake) Data Point 3 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO chair/fair ground/mound felt/fast palm/bug Saying Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response hand corn rub trip Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response sun/run (-un) shook/book (-ook) bike/like (-ike) vet/pet (-et) Data Point 4 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO rot/rat light/fight pint/beg tuck/duck Saying Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response mad hen pink grade Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response quack/black (-ack) fit/hit (-it) stamp/ramp (-amp) seal/deal (-eal) 127

128 Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 5 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO 128 Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO med/fed hug/bug yes/yet got/boat Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response like ring pump look Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response mole/pole (-ole) mold/cold (-old) stir/fir (-ir) shut/hut (-ut) Data Point 6 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): YES NO Word Pair YES NO van/can rile/mile tax/fax good/look Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response bay hold fat brick Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response step/pep (-ep) play/day (-ay) cloud/loud (-oud) rough/tough (-ough) Data Point 7 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): YES NO Word Pair YES NO jet/pet bond/gold sad/wed cart/mart Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response hair vine lock jeep Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response dill/bill (-ill) star/bar (-ar) like/kick (-ick) line/mine (-ine) Data Point 8 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO rent/fence had/fad nope/hop lip/lap Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response mat wish goat hog Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response limp/chimp (-imp) fringe/hinge (-inge) wall/ball (-all) frame/name (-ame)

129 Progress Monitoring: Rhyming and Word Families (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Data Point 9 Date: Hearing Rhymes: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO jump/bump why/shy clock/crank plus/vet Word Pair YES NO Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response mind time leaf tank Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response paw/saw (-aw) tick/hick (-ick) shade/made (-ade) slip/tip (-ip) Data Point 10 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): YES NO bid/hid mud/lot quit/quick back/pack Word Pair YES NO Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response truck sell pill sock Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response hen/men (-en) vest/best (-est) save/shave (-ave) glare/bare (-are) Data Point 11 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Word Pair Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): YES NO hex/vex till/tame black/track kick/fox Word Pair YES NO Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response fuzz bath ware pound Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response stack/hack (-ack) heal/meal (-eal) mile/vile (-ile) page/gage (-age) Data Point 12 Hearing Rhymes: Word Pair YES NO Word Pair YES NO Date: Total Correct (out of a total of 12): Word Pair YES NO grape/grade blue/hue lot/cot zoo/zip Word Pair YES NO Saying Rhymes: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response get bile deer vet Identifying Word Families: Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response Word Pair Response maze/haze (-aze) duck/luck (-uck) face/lace (-ace) moon/noon (-oon) 129

130 Student Score RTI GRAPH UNIVERSAL SCREENING & PROGRESS MONITORING Rhyming and Word Families Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each comprehensive rhyming and word families assessment given. 12 Rhyming and Word Families Date Student Score *Goal US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 *Establish goal line before intervention begins 130

131 Rhyming and Word Families Lesson Checklist Name of Lesson Lesson 1: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag Lesson 2: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ed, -en, -et Lesson 3: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib Lesson 4: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -og, -ot, -od Lesson 5: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um Lesson 6: Saying Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot, -od, -ub, -ug, -um Lesson 7: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull Lesson 8: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int Lesson 9: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant Lesson 10: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort Lesson 11: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass Lesson 12: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump Lesson 13: Saying More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort, -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass, -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump Lesson 14: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith Lesson 15: Even More Words that Rhyme -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch Lesson 16: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape Lesson 17: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite 131 Date(s) lesson was taught Date lesson was mastered

132 Lesson 18: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote Lesson 19: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each Lesson 20: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek Lesson 21: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, oat Lesson 22: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith, -itch,-irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each, -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, -oat Lesson 23: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom Lesson 24: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop Lesson 25: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern Lesson 26: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur Lesson 27: Hearing Special l-controlled Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old Lesson 28: Hearing Special w-controlled Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Lesson 29: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom, - ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn,-art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Lesson 30: Which Word Does Not Rhyme? Lesson 31: Rhyming and Word Families Picture Match Lesson 32: Rhyming and Word Families Final Review 132

133 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 1) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Use these sheets to document the student s progression through the intervention. Lesson 1: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -at -ad -ag Date Mastered: Lesson 2: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ed, -en, -et Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ed -en -et Date Mastered: Lesson 3: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ig -id -ib Date Mastered: Lesson 4: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -og, -ot, -od Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -og -ot -od Date Mastered: Lesson 5: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ub -ug -um Date Mastered: Lesson 6: Saying Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot, -od, -ub, -ug, -um Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-end each time the student is able to say two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 3 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON. -at -et -ot -ad -ig -od -ag -id -ub -ed -ib -ug -en -og -um Date Mastered: Lesson 7: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -all -alm -ill -old -oll -ell -elp -ull Date Mastered: 133

134 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 2) Student Name: Lesson 8: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -and -ang -ank -ing -ink -int Date Mastered: Lesson 9: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ond -end -unk -ong -ung -ant Date Mastered: Lesson 10: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -art -ift -ist -ast -irt -ort Date Mastered: Lesson 11: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ost -elt -ust -eft -est -ass Date Mastered: Lesson 12: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -amp -oss -ess -iss -omp -ump Date Mastered: Lesson 13: Saying More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort, -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass, -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump, Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON. -all -and -end -ist -end -amp -alm -ang -ung -ort -ung -iss -ill -ank -unk -ost -unk -oss -old -ing -ant -eft -ant -omp -oll -ink -art -elt -art -ess -ell -int -ast -est -ast -ump -elp -ond -ift -ust -ift Date Mastered: -ull -ong -irt -ass -irt 134

135 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 3) Student Name: Lesson 14: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ash -arch -ath -atch Date Mastered: Lesson 15: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -itch -otch -irth -osh Date Mastered: Lesson 16: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ace -ale -ade -age -ake Date Mastered: Lesson 17: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ate -ile -ice -ide -ife Date Mastered: Lesson 18: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ive -one -ode -oke -ole 135 -ish -ith -oth -orch -ame -ape -ine -ite -ope -ote Date Mastered: Lesson 19: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -aid -ay -ail -ain -ait -eat -each Date Mastered:

136 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 4) Student Name: Lesson 20: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ead -eet -eak -eam -ean 136 -eed -eek Date Mastered: Lesson 21: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, oat Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -eel -oad -eem -eep -oach Date Mastered: Lesson 22: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith, -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each, -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, -oat Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON. -ash -oth -ate -oke -ay -eek -ath -orch -ice -ole -eat -eel -atch -ace -ide -one -each -eem -arch -ade -ife -ope -ead -eep -ish -age -ile -ote -eak -oach -ith -ake -ine -aid -eam -oad -itch -ale -ite -ail -ean -oam -irth -ame -ive -ain -eet -oan -osh -ape -ode -ait -eed -oat Date Mastered: Lesson 23: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -oil -oot -oin -oint -oist -oam -oan -oat -ook -oom Date Mastered: Lesson 24: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ound -ouse -oon -our -out -oop Date Mastered:

137 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 5) Student Name: Lesson 25: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ar -art -ard -arm -arn -er -ern Date Mastered: Lesson 26: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ird -ork -irt -or -ord -orn -ir -ur Date Mastered: Lesson 27: Hearing Special l-controlled Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -ald -elt -alk -eld -ild -old Date Mastered: Lesson 28: Hearing Special w-controlled Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to identify two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 5 consecutive times. -aw -ow -awn -ew -own Date Mastered: Lesson 29: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom, -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, -ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word-ending every time the student is able to say two words from that family that rhyme. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately say pairs of rhyming words consistently without assistance at least 2 consecutive times. THIS LESSON IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. BE SURE THE STUDENT CAN AUTOMATICALLY HEAR AND SAY PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS BEFORE MOVING ON TO THE NEXT LESSON. -oil -ound -ard -irt -ald -awn -oin -our -arm -or -alk -ew -oint -ouse -arn -ord -eld -ow -oist -out -art -ork -elt -own -oot -oon -er -orn -ild Date -ook -oop -ern -ir -old -oom -ar -ird -ur -aw Mastered: 137

138 Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 6) Student Name: Lesson 30: Which Word Does Not Rhyme? Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each group of words and circle the word that does not rhyme with the other two when the student accurately identifies it. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify the nonrhyming word in a set of three words. mouse/house/home toy/van/boy wet/hat/pat pig/hog/log hug/goat/boat vase/hate/trace round/tall/ball bid/feed/lid eat/seek/beak bond/pond/frog horse/dirt/hurt play/day/sun limb/leaf/grief found/word/bound book/hook/jerk grin/fly/sly truck/ice/slice mold/cold/ice meat/glide/slide led/good/fed Date Mastered: Lesson 31: Rhyming and Word Families Picture Match Assessment: Use the chart below to assess this activity. Have the student use the rhyming picture sheet on page 60. Begin by having him/her say the name of each picture in the first row. Have him/her identify the pictures that rhyme with the first picture in the row (there may be more than one that rhymes). Place a under the pictures the student gets correct (on the chart below). Continue in like manner for rows 2, 3, and 4. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify and say the pictures/words that rhyme with the first picture of each row. rose broom nose price cat rice bat hat phone bone duck pants bed sleep globe sled Date Mastered: Lesson 32: Rhyming and Word Families Final Review This lesson is assessed through the use of picture cards, picture books, or magazine/newspaper pictures. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can easily and accurately identify words that rhyme using pictures and if he/she can orally say them. HAVE FUN FINDING PAIRS OF RHYMING WORDS! Date Mastered: 138

139 Rhyming and Word Families Intervention Lessons Use the following 32 lessons to guide you through the rhyming and word families intervention. Remember, the intervention is individualized to the student s needs and must be implemented at the student s pace. Don t move to a new lesson until mastery of the current lesson is achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal. To determine whether or not mastery of each lesson has been achieved, use the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pages ) to measure the student s proficiency before beginning a new lesson. 139

140 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 1 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters at (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ă sound. Say the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the at sound. Say several at family words and point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ad and ag STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 140

141 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 2 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ed, -en, -et Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ed (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ĕ sound. Say the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ed sound. Say several ed family words and point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -en and et STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 141

142 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 3 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ig, -id, -ib Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ig (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ĭ sound. Say the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ig sound. Say several ig family words and point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -id and ib STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 142

143 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 4 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -og, -ot, -od Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters og (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ŏ sound. Say the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the og sound. Say several og family words and point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ot and od STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 143

144 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 5 Lesson Name: Hearing Three Letter Words that Rhyme -ub, -ug, -um Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from three different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ub (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for both letters using a short ŭ sound. Say the two letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ub sound. Say several ub family words and point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several three-letter words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families ug and um STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 144

145 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 6 Lesson Name: Saying Words that Rhyme -at, -ad, -ag, -ed, -en, -et, -ig, -id, -ib, -og, -ot, -od, -ub, -ug, -um Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student orally states pairs of words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons 1-5. STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings focused on in lessons 1-5. Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: at cat bat at ) STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families. Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming. DRILL AND PRACTICE!! DRILL AND PRACTICE!! DRILL AND PRACTICE!! STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 145

146 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 7 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from eight different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters all (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the all sound. Say several all family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, and ull STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 146

147 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 8 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters and (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the and sound. Say several and family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, and -int. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 147

148 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 9 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ond (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ond sound. Say several ond family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, and - ant. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 148

149 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 10 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters art (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the art sound. Say several art family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, and -ort. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 149

150 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 11 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ost (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ost sound. Say several ost family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, and - ass. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 150

151 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 12 Lesson Name: Hearing More Words that Rhyme -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters amp (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the amp sound. Say several amp family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, and -ump STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 151

152 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 13 Lesson Name: Saying More Words that Rhyme -all, -alm, -ill, -old, -oll, -ell, -elp, -ull, -and, -ang, -ank, -ing, -ink, -int, -ond, -ong, -end, -ung, -unk, -ant, -art, -ast, -ift, -irt, -ist, -ort, -ost, -eft, -elt, -est, -ust, -ass, -amp, -iss, -oss, -omp, -ess, -ump Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student orally states pairs of words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings focused on in lessons Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: all fall tall all ) STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families. Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 152

153 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 14 Lesson Name: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ash (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ash sound. Say several ash family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, and -ith. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 153

154 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 15 Lesson Name: Hearing Even More Words that Rhyme -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from six different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters itch (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the itch sound. Say several itch family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, and -orch. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 154

155 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 16 Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ace (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ace sound. Say several ace family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, and ape. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 155

156 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 17 Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ate (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ate sound. Say several ate family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, and -ite. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 156

157 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 18 Lesson Name: Hearing Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ive (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Have student say the sounds for all of the letters using a long vowel sound. Say the letters blended together and have the student repeat. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ive sound. Say several ive family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, and -ote. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 157

158 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 19 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters aid (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending aid paying close attention to the first vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the aid sound. Say several aid family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, and -each. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 158

159 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 20 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ead (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending ead paying close attention to the first vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ead sound. Say several ead family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, and -eek. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 159

160 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 21 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Long Vowel Rhyming Words -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, oat Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters eel (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because it has two vowels next to each other. Also explain that in these words, only the first vowel makes a sound while the other vowel is remains silent. Pronounce the word ending eel paying close attention to the first vowel saying its name. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the eel sound. Say several eel family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, and -oat. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 160

161 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 22 Lesson Name: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -ash, -ath, -atch, -arch, -ish, -ith, -itch, -irth, -osh, -otch, -oth, -orch, -ace, -ade, -age, -ake, -ale, -ame, -ape, -ate, -ice, -ide, -ife, -ile, -ine, -ite, -ive, -ode, -oke, -ole, -one, -ope, -ote, -aid, -ail, -ain, -ait, -ay, -eat, -each, -ead, -eak, -eam, -ean, -eet, -eed, -eek, -eel, -eem, -eep, -oach, -oad, -oam, -oan, -oat Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student orally states pairs of words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings focused on in lessons Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: ash bash trash ash ) STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families. Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 161

162 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 23 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters oil (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the vowels make a special sound. Explain that in these words, the vowel combination of /oi/ makes the /oi/ sound (as the oy sound in boy ). Pronounce the word ending oil paying close attention to the /oi/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the oil sound. Say several oil family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, and -oom. Special Note: When working with the -oot, -ook, and -oom sounds be sure to focus on those special sounds. The rhyming lessons in this chapter are designed to train the student s ears and not teach specific phonics rules. However, it is advisable to inform the student that several word family words do not follow the same rules that many of the other words do. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 162

163 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 24 Lesson Name: Hearing Special Rhyming Words -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ound (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the vowels make a special sound. Explain that in these words, the vowel combination of ou makes the /ou/ sound (the same sound we say when we are in pain). Pronounce the word ending ound paying close attention to the /ou/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ound sound. Say several ound family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, and -oop. Special Note: When working with the -oon and -oop words, be sure to focus on those special sounds. The rhyming lessons in this chapter are designed to train the student s ears and not teach specific phonics rules. However, it is advisable to inform the student that several word family words do not follow the same rules that many of the other words do. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 163

164 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 25 Lesson Name: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ar (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter r controls what the vowel says. Explain that in these words, the ar sound says the /ar/ sound (as in the sound that pirates make). Pronounce the word ending ar paying close attention to the /ar/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ar sound. Say several ar family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, and -ern STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 164

165 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 26 Lesson Name: Hearing Special r-controlled Rhyming Words -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, - ur Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ird (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter r controls what the vowel says. Explain that in these words, the ird sound says the /ird/ sound (as in the word bird ). Pronounce the word ending ird paying close attention to the /ird/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ird sound. Say several ird family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, -orn, -ir, and -ur. STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 165

166 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 27 Lesson Name: Hearing Special l-controlled Rhyming Words -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters ald (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter l controls what the vowel says. Pronounce the word ending ald paying close attention to the /ald/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the ald sound. Say several ald family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, and -old STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 166

167 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 28 Lesson Name: Hearing Special w-controlled Rhyming Words -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to rhyming words, the student identifies words that are from the same word family. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review with student basic letter recognition and letter sounds skills. Have the student state the name and sounds of letters or blends as you point to them using a letter or blends chart. Explain to student that letters go together to form words and that many words belong to families. Explain that words who come from the same family all sound alike because their ending sounds match. Explain that today he/she will learn words from seven different word families. STEP TWO: Show the student the letters aw (using magnetic letters, foam letters, letter cards, paper-pencil, etc.). Explain that this word family is special because the letter w controls what the vowel says. Pronounce the word ending aw paying close attention to the /aw/ sound. Tell the student that there are many words that end with the aw sound. Say several aw family words by putting both single consonants and consonant blends in front of the sound. Point to the letters on display in front of the student as each word is pronounced. STEP THREE: On a piece of paper write the word YES on the left side and NO on the right. Say several one syllable words. Have the student point to the word YES if the word is part of the targeted word family and NO if it is not. Have student repeat each word that is part of the word family. Continue saying one-syllable words until the student can confidently identify the words that are part of the targeted word family without hesitation. STEP FOUR: Explain to student that words that are part of the same word family are called rhyming words. Say two words (one of which is a member of the targeted word family) and have the student say whether or not they rhyme. Continue saying pairs of words and have the student say YES if they rhyme and NO if they don t rhyme. STEP FIVE: Repeat steps two, three, and four with the word families -awn, -ew, -ow, and -own STEP SIX: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 167

168 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 29 Lesson Name: Saying Even More Words that Rhyme -oil, -oin, -oint, -oist, -oot, -ook, -oom, -ound, -our, -ouse, -out, -oon, -oop, -ar, -ard, -arm, -arn, -art, -er, -ern, -ird, -irt, -or, -ord, -ork, - orn, -ir, -ur, -ald, -alk, -eld, -elt, -ild, -old, -aw, -awn, -ew, -ow, -own Description of Lesson/Activity: Through repeated exposure to word family words, the student orally states pairs of words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that today he/she will practice saying rhyming words. Tell the student that he/she will say words from the word families learned in lessons STEP TWO: On a piece of paper (or using letter cards, tiles, etc.) write one of the word endings focused on in lessons Pronounce the word family and have the student repeat. STEP THREE: Model for the student how you can say two words from that word family that rhyme. First, say the word ending. Next say one word from that family. Then say another word from that family. Finally restate the word ending. (Example: oil soil broil oil ) STEP FOUR: Explain to student that he/she will do the same with other word families. Assist the student when he/she has trouble thinking of words that rhyme. Spend AMPLE time on this step to ensure the student has a firm grasp on the concept of rhyming. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 168

169 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 30 Lesson Name: Which Word Does Not Rhyme? Description of Lesson/Activity: The student listens to three words and identifies the word that does not rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student can easily say words that rhyme. STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will listen to three words and will identify the word that does not rhyme with the other two. STEP THREE: Practice this skill by clearly and concisely saying three one-syllable words (two that rhyme and one that doesn t rhyme) and have the student orally state the word that doesn t rhyme. STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily and accurately identify the word that does not rhyme with the other two. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 169

170 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 31 Lesson Name: Rhyming and Word Families Picture Match Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses pictures to identify words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student can easily say words that rhyme. STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will identify rhyming words using picture cards. STEP THREE: Using picture cards (there are pictures included at the back of this book that may be used for this activity if you don t already have picture cards available) have the student state which of three cards rhymes with a fourth focus picture. Present the student with a row of four pictures and have him/her say the name of each. Have the student point to and say the words that rhyme with the first picture in the row. STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily and accurately identify pictures/words that rhyme with a particular focus picture/word. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 170

171 Which Pictures Rhyme with the First Picture on the Row? 171

172 Rhyming and Word Families: Lesson 32 Lesson Name: Rhyming and Word Families Final Review Description of Lesson/Activity: The student uses pictures to identify words that rhyme. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review with student rhyming and word family skills. Say a word ending and have the student say at least two words that are part of that family. Continue reviewing until the student can easily say words that rhyme. STEP TWO: Explain to student that today he/she will identify rhyming words using picture cards. STEP THREE: Using picture cards have the student sort cards based on their word endings. Be sure to have the student say the names of each word to ensure understanding of rhyming and word families. STEP FOUR: Create fun ways of using the picture cards to promote mastery. For example use the cards to play Concentration or Go Fish. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Rhyming and Word Families Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 172

173 Word Family Cards at ag en ig ad ed et id 173

174 ib ot ub um og od ug all 174

175 alm old ell ull ill oll elp and 175

176 ang ing int ank ink ond ong end 176

177 ung ant ast irt unk art ift ist 177

178 ort eft est ost elt ust ass amp 178

179 iss oss omp ess ump ash ath atch 179

180 arch ish ith itch irth osh otch oth 180

181 orch ace ade age ake ale ame ape 181

182 ate ide ile ite ice ife ine ive 182

183 ode oke ole ope aid one ote ail 183

184 ain ay ait eat each ead eak eam 184

185 ean eet eed eek eel eem eep oach 185

186 oad oam oan oil oat oin oint oist 186

187 oot ook oom ound our ouse out oon 187

188 oop ar ard arm arn er art ern 188

189 ird or ork ir irt ord orn ur 189

190 ald eld ild aw alk elt old awn 190

191 ew ow own 191

192 192

193 WORD PARTS AND SEGMENTING 193

194 WORD PARTS AND SEGMENTING OVERVIEW Once it is determined that a student needs this intervention (as evidenced on the Universal Screening: Word Parts and Segmenting Assessment), make a copy of the appropriate pages (listed on the Word Parts and Segmenting Let s Get Started! page) including the Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Checklist. Use the checklist to check off when each lesson was taught and when it was mastered. Do not move forward to a new lesson until the student has mastered the lesson he/she is currently on. Also, to assess the student s response to the intervention, be sure to monitor his/her progress weekly throughout the twelve-week implementation period using the Progress Monitoring Assessments (regardless of which lesson he/she is currently working on). If a student completes all of the Word Parts and Segmenting lessons within two to six weeks, he/she still needs to be assessed for at least 2 additional weeks past the point of mastery so as to rule out lucky guesses or a fluke with the assessment showing said mastery, If the student has truly MASTERED the Word Parts and Segmenting Intervention before the 12-week intervention period ends (as evidenced by the Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting Assessments), it would be prudent to move on to an intervention which focuses on more complex concepts such as blending. Be sure to collect baseline data before beginning any new intervention. The mini- assessments that are a part of the individual lessons are NOT to be used as data point assessments or the universal screening/baseline. The purpose of those assessments is to assist the teacher, tutor, or interventionist in knowing whether or not the student has or has not mastered a particular lesson. The overall timeline for the intervention is 12 weeks with at least three 30-minute sessions occurring each week. However, the intervention session lessons in this manual are not timed and should be taught in succession. The student sets the pace according to his/her ability to understand and master the material. A student may be able to finish two or three lessons in a twenty or thirty minute time span whereas another student may be able to only complete and master one lesson over a period of three or four days or even weeks. RTI is an individualized process and is strictly geared to meet the individual needs of the student. This book is not intended to replace the regular classroom curriculum and is not comprehensive or exhaustive. The lessons in this manual should be considered supplemental to what is already being taught in the classroom and are geared to help fill the learning gaps of struggling students whose weak phonics skills interfere with their ability to read fluently which then negatively impacts their ability to comprehend written text. This intervention is intended to strengthen skills through intensive exposure to basic phonological concepts and each individual lesson should be taught to mastery. Using sorting, comparing and contrasting activities, repetition, and drill and practice, this intervention can bring success to those who otherwise would continue to fall through the cracks by helping build a strong foundation on which higher levels of learning can occur. 194

195 Student Score PROGRESS MONITORING As stated before, in order to ascertain whether or not the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention in this manual is effective, data should be gathered on a weekly basis through the progress monitoring assessments. As with the universal screening, the student must complete the progress monitoring assessments without extra prompts or assistance. All progress monitoring assessments can be scored directly on the corresponding recording sheets provided to you in this manual. It is worthy to note that the universal screening/baseline assessments are identical to the weekly progress monitoring assessments in both format and structure. This gives the educator/assessor a simple way to collect data as well as creates a format that is easy to read and analyze. Because of the continuity among the assessments, the educator/assessor will essentially be comparing oranges to oranges which allows for a more accurate picture of how the student is progressing throughout the intervention. PROGRESS MONITORING DOCUMENTATION, GRAPH, AND DATA ANALYSIS For the purpose of data analysis for the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention, a graph will be needed to record the data from the universal screening/baseline assessment and each progress monitoring assessment. Graphs are an easy-to-read snap shot of how the student performs each week and are an excellent tool to use when looking at overall progress and effectiveness of an intervention. The data should be analyzed weekly rather than at the end of the 12 weeks so that changes or adjustments to the intervention may be made DURING the 12 week period. The graph below is an example of what an RTI intervention graph may look like after the 11 th week of the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention. Careful examination of the data collected each week must occur (preferably in the context of a data analysis team) in order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the intervention and to pinpoint areas of weakness. This on-going weekly review of the data is crucial and should be the catalyst which drives future instruction for the struggling student. SAMPLE GRAPH FOR STUDENT X : Word Parts and Segmenting US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Date 8/7 8/14 8/21 8/27 9/3 9/10 9/17 9/24 10/1 10/8 10/15 10/22 10/29 Student Score Goal Score*

196 What does the sample graph on the previous page tell us about Student X? According to the universal screening/baseline assessment (given ) the student scored a 0 out of a possible 20 signifying he/she lacks the ability to count syllables, segment words using syllables or phonemes, or to say words omitting a specific phoneme. After 10 weeks of the word parts and segmenting intervention, Student X has made progress but has yet to reach his/her goal score. Twice the scores remained the same and even one regression in scores was noted. However, Student X s growth line overall steadily increased. At the end of the 10 th week of intervention, Student X has consistently fallen short of the weekly goals but is showing gains overall. Additional time with the same intervention may be the recommendation for this student until mastery has been achieved. SPECIAL NOTE: Supplemental Progress Monitoring Assessments of the following sub-segmenting skills are included in this manual to give the teacher/interventionist the option of documenting each skill separately: Counting Syllables Word Segmentation: Syllables Segmenting Onset-Rimes Phoneme Deletion Word Segmentation: Phonemes Individual student assessment sheets and RTI graphs are also included for each skill. 196

197 Let s Get Started! To implement the Word Parts and Segmenting intervention in this manual, copy the following pages for each student in the intervention group: Universal Screening Teacher Recording Sheet (p. 198) Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheets (pp ) Universal Screening & Progress Monitoring RTI Graph (p. 205) Word Parts and Segmenting Lessons Checklist (p. 216) Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pp ) If more specific segmenting data is needed or warranted, copy one or more of the following: Counting Syllables (p. 206) Counting Syllables Graph (p. 207) Word Segmentation: Syllables (p. 208) Word Segmentation: Syllables Graph (p. 209) Segmenting Onset-Rimes (p. 210) Segmenting Onset-Rimes Graph (p. 211) Phoneme Deletion (p. 212) Phoneme Deletion Graph (p. 213) Word Segmentation: Phonemes (p. 214) Word Segmentation: Phones Graph (p. 215) 197

198 Universal Screening Word Parts and Segmenting Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Date: Section A. Counting Syllables: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state how many word parts (syllables) he/she hears in each word. Place a check next to each correct response. Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response book (1) sister (2) sad (1) computer (3) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): Say each multi-syllable word below clearly and concisely. Have the student segment the word into syllables and orally say each part separately. (Example: trophy = tro phy). Place a check under each correct response. dishwasher (dish wa sher) tickle (tic kle) bookmark (book mark) assistant (a sis tant) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student separate the word by saying the onset-rime and then the remaining part of the word (Example: top = /t/- op ). Place a check under each correct response. pig (/p/-ig) spool (/sp/-ool) hold (/h/-old) moon (/m/-oon) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student say the word after omitting either the beginning sound or the ending sound (indicated underneath each word). (Example: Say sad without its beginning sound = ăd, Say bone without its ending sound = bō ). Place a check under each correct response. his kite omit beginning sound omit ending sound slack omit beginning sound map omit ending sound ĭz kī ăck mă Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student say all of the sounds (phonemes) he/she hears in each word (Example: flag = /f/ /l/ /ă/ /g/). Place a check under each correct response. pot (/p//ŏ//t/) late (/l//ā//t/) deer (/d//ē//r/) sup (/s//ŭ//p/) Total # Correct (Total # Possible = 20) 198

199 Progress Monitoring Teacher Recording Sheet Word Parts and Segmenting Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment. Data Point 1 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response bag (1) puppy (2) universe (3) taco (2) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): envelope (en ve lope) story (stor y) sandwich (sand wich) potato (po ta to) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: gold (/g/-old) thump (/th/-ump) weep (/w/-eep) slurp (/sl/-urp) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: mad omit beginning sound nut omit ending sound cape omit beginning sound pen omit ending sound ăd nŭ āpe pĕ Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): pack (/p//ă//k/) tip (/t//ĭ//p/) head (/h//ĕ//d/) rug (/r//ŭ//g/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 2 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response messy (2) running (2) notebook (2) house (1) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): fishtail (fish tail) animal (an i mal) mountain (moun tain) flooring (floor ing) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: lend (/l/-end) tight (/t/-ight) long (/l/-ong) deal (/d/-eal) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: save omit beginning sound desk omit ending sound cup omit beginning sound craze omit ending sound āve dĕs ŭp crā Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): tide (/t//ī//d/) same (/s//ā//m/) reed (/r//ē//d/) cud (/c//ŭ//d/) Total Correct (out of 20): 199

200 Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 3 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response situation (4) open (2) basement (2) cafeteria (5) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): mechanic (me cha nic) hamburger (ham bur ger) ocean (ocean) planted (plan ted) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: drink (/dr/-ink) grab (/gr/-ab) cop (/c/-op) ship (/sh/-ip) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: spoon omit ending sound gong omit beginning sound walk omit ending sound take omit ending sound spoo ŏng wal tā Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): bike (/b//ī//k/) gave (/g//ā//v/) wham (/w//ă//m/) fog (/f//ŏ//g/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 4 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response burn (1) serious (3) laugh (1) driveway (2) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): stereo (ster e o) clockwise (clock wise) pencil (pen cil) computer (com pu ter) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: tape (/t/-ape) group (/gr/-oup) sting (/st/-ing) jest (/j/-est) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: home omit beginning sound work omit ending sound paw omit beginning sound plant omit ending sound ōme wor aw plăn Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): creep (/cr//ē//p/) mop (/m//ŏ//p/) dame (/d//ā//m/) jet (/j//ĕ//t/) Total Correct (out of 20): 200

201 Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 5 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response hotdog (2) animal (3) book (1) road (1) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): paperclip (pa per clip) recliner (re cli ner) television (tel e vi sion) carwash (car wash) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: climb (/cl/-imb) place (/pl/-ace) jeer (/j/-eer) cross (/cr/-oss) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: food omit beginning sound sprite omit ending sound slump omit beginning sound milk omit ending sound ood sprī lŭmp mĭl Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): rap (/r//ă//p/) fuss (/f//ŭ//s/) sum (/s//ŭ//m/) joke (/j//ō//k/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 6 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response picture (2) amazing (3) bottle (2) car (1) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): purple (pur ple) homerun (home run) piggy (pig gy) keyboard (key board) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: mum (/m/-um) flask (/fl/-ask) next (/n/-ext) mark (/m/-ark) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: smell omit ending sound floor omit beginning sound jump omit ending sound snake omit ending sound smĕ or jŭm snā Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): kiss (/k//ĭ//s/) made (/m//ā//d/) heed (/h//ē//d/) gold (/g//ō//l//d/) Total Correct (out of 20): 201

202 Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 7 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response shark (1) tortilla (3) subway (2) telephone (3) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): pocket (poc ket) humming (hum ming) snowman (snow man) eating (eat ing) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: dread (/dr/-ead) buck (/b/-uck) sun (/s/-un) slope (/sl/-ope) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: bed omit beginning sound cut omit ending sound lace omit beginning sound math omit ending sound ĕd cŭ āce mă Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): yet (/y//ĕ//t/) pug (/p//ŭ//g/) hot (/h//ŏ//t/) bath (/b//ă//th/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 8 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response caterpillar (4) hug (1) pig (1) mountain (2) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): muscle (mus cle) sidewalk (side walk) cereal (ce re al) elephant (el e phant) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: clap (/kl/-ap) lock (/l/-ock) rump (/r/-ump) grace (/gr/-ace) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: wind omit beginning sound cheeze omit ending sound horse omit beginning sound tack omit ending sound ĭnd chē orse tă Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): grit (/gr//ĭ//t/) side (/s//ī//d/) jam (/j//ă//m/) hole (/h//ō//l/) Total Correct (out of 20): 202

203 Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 9 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response responsible (4) true (1) silly (2) kitten (2) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): coffee (cof fee) daily (dai ly) software (soft ware) funny (fun ny) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: job (/j/-ob) free (/fr/-ee) snip (/sn/-ip) heat (/h/-eat) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: cake omit beginning sound ripe omit ending sound key omit beginning sound start omit ending sound āke īpe ē star Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): quake (/qu//ā//k/) lend (/l//ĕ//nd/) bump (/b//ŭ//mp/) box (/b//ŏ//x/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 10 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response cabinet (3) yellow (2) automobile (4) wind (1) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): lightning (light ning) copper (cop per) roadside (road side) underneath (un der neath) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: thump (/th/-ump) shave (/sh/-ave) pint (/p/-int) fish (/f/-ish) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: broke omit ending sound chip omit beginning sound vase omit ending sound neck omit ending sound brō ĭp vā nĕ Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): get (/g//ĕ//t/) skull (/sk//ŭ//l/) fright (/fr//ī//t/) fan (/f//ă//n/) Total Correct (out of 20): 203

204 Progress Monitoring: Word Parts and Segmenting (con t) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Refer to the directions from the Universal Screening assessment to complete each data point assessment Data Point 11 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response learning (2) watch (1) necklace (2) happiness (3) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): postman (post man) lovely (love ly) cranking (crank ing) popcorn (pop corn) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: wash (/w/-ash) like (/l/-ike) grow (/gr/-ow) zeal (/z/-eal) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: sheet omit ending sound punch omit beginning sound snore omit ending sound red omit ending sound shē ŭnch snō rĕ Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): feet (/f//ē//t/) rot (/r//ŏ//t/) cope (/c//ō//p/) tale (/t//ā//l/) Total Correct (out of 20): Data Point 12 Section A. Counting Syllables: Date: Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response photograph (3) empty (2) something (2) suit (1) Section B. Word Segmentation (Syllables): waffle (waf fle) machine (ma chine) copy (co py) submarine (sub ma rine) Section C. Segmenting Onset-Rime: shed (/sh/-ed) cast (/k/-ast) brag (/br/-ag) vane (/v/-ane) Section D. Phoneme Deletion: buzz omit beginning sound bee omit ending sound stripe omit beginning sound slap omit ending sound ŭzz /b/ īpe slă Section E. Word Segmentation (Phonemes): hill (/h//ĭ//l/) tote (/t//ō//t/) wag (/w//ă//g/) pet (/p//ĕ//t/) Total Correct (out of 20): 204

205 Student Score RTI GRAPH UNIVERSAL SCREENING & PROGRESS MONITORING Word Parts and Segmenting Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting assessment given. Word Parts and Segmenting Date Student Score *Goal US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 *Establish goal line before intervention begins 205

206 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student state how many word parts (syllables) he/she hears in each word. Place a check under each correct response. Baseline: (Date: ) bag puppy universe taco computer messy running notebook paper house Total # Correct: Data Point 1: (Date: ) situation open basement classroom teacher cafeteria burn pig serious laugh Total # Correct: Data Point 2: (Date: ) hotdog animal book road car driveway picture running glasses amazing Total # Correct: Data Point 3: (Date: ) telephone bottle subway tortilla mountain dress caterpillar shark sidewalk easy Total # Correct: Data Point 4: (Date: ) yellow money hug responsible little cabinet silly true kitten good Total # Correct: Data Point 5: (Date: ) automobile sandwich watch hair necklace wind singing learning ran happiness Total # Correct: Data Point 6: (Date: ) coffee photograph empty elephant funny video suit sandals towel candy Total # Correct: Data Point 7: (Date: ) head ready lively machine milkshake percussion stomach princesses giant something Total # Correct: Data Point 8: (Date: ) yesterday queen wonderland talking hat purple delicious paperclip right planted Total # Correct: Data Point 9: (Date: ) sunshine popcorn ashtray tiger selection testing audition bathroom chip bowl Total # Correct: Data Point 10: (Date: ) afternoon water pool trees writing painful crunchy chicken watermelon sleepy Total # Correct: Data Point 11: (Date: ) present highway bottom velvet comb bubblegum amusement grocery clasp it Total # Correct: Data Point 12: (Date: ) radio lost baseball cookies underneath maze blizzard sunny dependable smile 206 Total # Correct:

207 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables) assessment given. 10 Word Parts and Segmenting (counting syllables) Date Student Score *Goal US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 *Establish goal line before intervention begins 207

208 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each multi-syllable word below clearly and concisely. Have the student segment the word into syllables and orally say each part separately. (Example: trophy = tro phy). Place a check under each correct response. Baseline: (Date: ) Total # Correct: paper (pa per) kitten (kit ten) printer (Prin ter) envelope (en ve lope) story (stor y) sandwich (sand wich) potato (po ta to) buggie (bug gie) waterfall (wa ter fall) season (sea son) Data Point 1: (Date: ) Total # Correct: caterpiller (ca ter pil ler) messy (mes sy) tortilla (tor til la) monkey (mon key) notebook (note book) telephone (tel e phone) bottle (bot tle) glasses (glass es) subway (sub way) sipping (sip ping) Data Point 2: (Date: ) Total # Correct: fishtail (fish tail) animal (an i mal) mountain (moun tain) flooring (floor ing) cabinet (cab i net) driveway (drive way) picture (pic ture) running (run ning) hotdog (hot dog) bookcase (book case) Data Point 3: (Date: ) Total # Correct: mechanic (me cha nic) hamburger (ham bur ger) ocean (ocean) planted (plan ted) stereo (ster e o) clockwise (clock wise) pencil (pen cil) computer (com pu ter) doctor (doc tor) simple (sim ple) Data Point 4: (Date: ) Total # Correct: universe (u ni verse) stairway (stair way) paperclip (pa per clip) recliner (re cli ner) television (tel e vi sion) carwash (car wash) purple (pur ple) homerun (home run) piggy (pig gy) keyboard (key board) Data Point 5: (Date: ) Total # Correct: grapefruit (grape fruit) turkey (tur key) automobile (au to mo bile) teacher (tea cher) pocket (poc ket) humming (hum ming) snowman (snow man) eating (eat ing) example (ex am ple) trashcan (trash can) Data Point 6: (Date: ) Total # Correct: muscle (mus cle) sidewalk (side walk) cereal (ce re al) elephant (el e phant) photograph (phot o graph) empty (emp ty) coffee (cof fee) daily (dai ly) software (soft ware) funny (fun ny) Data Point 7: (Date: ) Total # Correct: lightning (light ning) copper (cop per) roadside (road side) underneath (un der neath) happiness (hap pi ness) sofa (so fa) video (vid e o) freshness (fresh ness) peanut (pea nut) telephone (te le phone) Data Point 8: (Date: ) Total # Correct: waffle (waf fle) machine (ma chine) copy (co py) submarine (sub ma rine) adventure (ad ven ture) yesterday (yes ter day) wonderland (won der land) mustard (mus tard) engine (en gine) carpet (car pet) Data Point 9: (Date: ) Total # Correct: postman (post man) lovely (love ly) cranking (crank ing) popcorn (pop corn) swallow (swal low) barnyard (barn yard) inside (in side) situation (sit u a tion) ashtray (ash tray) sunshine (sun shine) Data Point 10: (Date: ) Total # Correct: watermelon (wa ter mel lon) doorframe (door frame) money (mon ey) swimming (swim ming) emotional (e mo tion al) headache (head ache) crispy (cris py) tiger (ti ger) extreme (ex treme) lazy (la zy) Data Point 11: (Date: ) Total # Correct: baby (ba by) mothing (noth ing) soupy (sou py) Alabama (Al a ba ma) rocking (roc.k ing) railroad (rail road) curtain (cur tain) excited (ex ci ted) platter (plat ter) horses (hor ses) Data Point 12: (Date: ) Total # Correct: habitat (ha bi tat) crocodile (croc o dile) electric (e lec tric) clothesline (clothes line) radio (ra di o) eyeball (eye ball) lemon (lem on) sitting (sit ting) windy (win dy) exhausted (ex haus ted) 208

209 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables) assessment given. 10 Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: syllables) Date 0 US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Student Score *Goal *Establish goal line before intervention begins 209

210 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student separate the word by saying the onset-rime and then the remaining part of the word (Example: top = /t/-op ). Place a check under each correct response. Baseline: (Date: ) Total # Correct: gold (/g/-old) thump (/th/-ump) weep (/w/-eep) slurp (/sl/-urp) lend (/l/-end) tight (/t/-ight) long (/l/-ong) deal (/d/-eal) tied (/t/-ied) smile (/sm/-ile) Data Point 1: (Date: ) drink (/dr/-ink) grab (/gr/-ab) cop (/c/-op) ship (/sh/-ip) flow (/fl/-ow) skin (/sk/-in) fox (/f/-ox) band (/b/-and) Total # Correct: sheet (/sh/-eet) self (/s/-elf) Data Point 2: (Date: ) fade (/f/-ade) voice (/v/-oice) bounce (/b/-ounce) meat (/m/-eat) climb (/cl/-imb) place (/pl/-ace) jeer (/j/-eer) cross (/cr/-oss) Total # Correct: brace (/br/-ace) shame (/sh/-ame) Data Point 3: (Date: ) but (/b/-ut) wing (/w/-ing) sound (/s/-ound) nod (/n/-od) cat (/k/-at) wash (/w/-ash) like (/l/-ike) grow (/grl;;;;;;;;opo1`rf2zz/- ow) Total # Correct: zeal (/z/-eal) trod (/tr/-od) Data Point 4: (Date: ) tape (/t/-ape) group (/gr/-oup) sting (/st/-ing) jest (/j/-est) rose (/r/-ose) plunk (/pl/-unk) tomb (/t/-omb) peer (/p/-eer) Total # Correct: girl (/g/-irl) huff (/h/-uff) Data Point 5: (Date: ) this (/th/-is) dunk (/d/-unk) west (/w/-est) cove (/k/-ove) shark (/sh/-ark) mum (/m/-um) flask (/fl/-ask) next (/n/-ext) Total # Correct: mark (/m/-ark) ball (/b/-all) Data Point 6: (Date: ) bunch (/b/-unch) jazz (/j/-azz) kind (/k/-ind) crane (/cr/-ane) dread (/dr/-ead) buck (/b/-uck) sun (/s/-un) slope (/sl/-ope) Total # Correct: wax (/w/-ax) blink (/bl/-ink) Data Point 7: (Date: ) clap (/kl/-ap) lock (/l/-ock) rump (/r/-ump) grace (/gr/-ace) thick (/th/-ick) shed (/sh/-ed) cast (/k/-ast) brag (/br/-ag) Total # Correct: vane (/v/-ane) six (/s/-ix) Data Point 8: (Date: ) beast (/b/-east) right (/r/-ight) plus (/pl/-us) shave (/sh/-ave) teen (/t/-een) mouse (/m/-ouse) froze (/fr/-oze) well (/w/-ell) Total # Correct: mix (/m/-ix) dock (/d/-ock) Data Point 9: (Date: ) duck (/d/-uck) nape (/n/-ape) bring (/br/-ing) grill (/gr/-ill) pound (/p/-ound) job (/j/-ob) free (/fr/-ee) snip (/sn/-ip) Total # Correct: heat (/h/-eat) sire (/s/-ire) Data Point 10: (Date: ) queen (/qu/-een) bird (/b/-ird) sack (/s/-ack) skill (/sk/-ill) dart (/d/-art) grass (/gr/-ass) gab (/g/-ab) thought (/th/-ought) Total # Correct: sum (/s/-um) mack (/m/-ack) Data Point 11: (Date: ) bawl (/b/-awl) shut (/sh/-ut) zoom (/z/-oom) flight (/fl/-ight) pig (/p/-ig) spool (/sp/-ool) hold (/h/-old) moon (/m/-oon) Total # Correct: rex (/r/-ex) wire (/w/-ire) Data Point 12: (Date: ) thump (/th/-ump) shave (/sh/-ave) pint (/p/-int) fish (/f/-ish) creek (/kr/-eek) grab (/gr/-ab) tell (/t/-ell) fin (/f/-in) Total # Correct: road (/r/-oad) mole (/m/-ole) 210

211 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes) assessment given. 10 Word Parts and Segmenting (segmenting onset-rimes) Date 0 US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Student Score *Goal *Establish goal line before intervention begins 211

212 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below clearly and concisely. Have the student say the word after omitting either the beginning sound or the ending sound (indicated underneath each word). (Example: Say sad without its beginning sound = ăd, Say bone without its ending sound = bō ) Universal Screening/Baseline: (Date: ) US/BLTotal # Correct: his omit beginning sound kite omit ending sound slack omit beginning sound 212 map omit ending sound truck omit ending sound ĭz kī ăck mă trŭ Data Point 1: (Date: ) DP1 Total # Correct: mad omit beginning sound nut omit ending sound cape omit beginning sound pen omit ending sound hush omit ending sound ăd nŭ āpe pĕ hŭ Data Point 2: (Date: ) DP2 Total # Correct: late omit beginning sound sheet omit ending sound punch omit beginning sound snore omit ending sound red omit ending sound āte shē ŭnch snō rĕ Data Point 3: (Date: ) DP3 Total # Correct: buzz omit beginning sound bee omit ending sound stripe omit beginning sound slap omit ending sound clink omit ending sound ŭzz /b/ īpe slă clĭ Data Point 4: (Date: ) DP4 Total # Correct: sore omit beginning sound broke omit ending sound chip omit beginning sound vase omit ending sound neck omit ending sound ōre brō ĭp vā nĕ Data Point 5: (Date: ) DP5 Total # Correct: cake omit beginning sound ripe omit ending sound key omit beginning sound start omit ending sound duck omit ending sound āke īpe ē star ŭck Data Point 6: (Date: ) DP6 Total # Correct: wind omit beginning sound Data Point 7: (Date: ) bed omit beginning sound cheeze omit ending sound horse omit beginning sound tack omit ending sound mule omit ending sound ĭnd chē orse tă mū cut omit ending sound lace omit beginning sound math omit ending sound DP7 Total # Correct: thick omit ending sound ĕd cŭ āce mă thĭ Data Point 8: (Date: ) DP8 Total # Correct: hair omit beginning sound smell omit ending sound floor omit beginning sound jump omit ending sound snake omit ending sound air smĕ or jŭm snā Data Point 9: (Date: ) DP9 Total # Correct: food omit beginning sound sprite omit ending sound slump omit beginning sound milk omit ending sound wheeze omit ending sound ood sprī lŭmp mĭl wē Data Point 10: (Date: ) DP10 Total # Correct: home omit beginning sound Data Point 11: (Date: ) couch omit beginning sound work omit ending sound paw omit beginning sound plant omit ending sound man omit ending sound ōme wor aw plăn mă spoon omit ending sound gong omit beginning sound walk omit ending sound DP11 Total # Correct: take omit ending sound ouch spoo ŏng wal tā Data Point 12: (Date: ) DP12 Total # Correct: save omit beginning sound desk omit ending sound cup omit beginning sound craze omit ending sound stop omit ending sound āve dĕs ŭp crā stŏ

213 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion) assessment given. 5 Word Parts and Segmenting (phoneme deletion) Date 0 US/BL DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 Student Score *Goal *Establish goal line before intervention begins 213

214 Supplemental Progress Monitoring Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: Directions: Say each word below. Have the student segment the word into separate phonemes. (Examples: dot = /d//ŏ//t/, vote = /v//ō//t/). Place a check under each correct response. Baseline: (Date: ) Total # Correct: pot (/p//ŏ//t/) late (/l//ā//t/) deer (/d//ē//r/) sup (/s//ŭ//p/) hill (/h//ĭ//l/) tote (/t//ō//t/) wag (/w//ă//g/) pet (/p//ĕ//t/) tug (/t//ŭ//g/) mile (/m//ī//l/) Data Point 1: (Date: ) feet (/f//ē//t/) rot (/r//ŏ//t/) cope (/c//ō//p/) tale (/t//ā//l/) get (/g//ĕ//t/) skull (/sk//ŭ//l/) fright (/fr//ī//t/) fan (/f//ă//n/) Total # Correct: rink (/r//ĭ//nk/) nut (/n//ŭ//t/) Data Point 2: (Date: ) quake (/qu//ā//k/) lend (/l//ĕ//nd/) bump (/b//ŭ//mp/) box (/b//ŏ//x/) grit (/gr//ĭ//t/) side (/s//ī//d/) jam (/j//ă//m/) hole (/h//ō//l/) Total # Correct: numb (/n//ŭ//m/) feel (/f//ē//l/) Data Point 3: (Date: ) cut (/c//ŭ//t/) file (/f//ī//l/) yet (/y//ĕ//t/) pug (/p//ŭ//g/) hot (/h//ŏ//t/) bath (/b//ă//th/) kiss (/k//ĭ//s/) made (/m//ā//d/) Total # Correct: heed (/h//ē//d/) gold (/g//ō//l//d/) Data Point 4: (Date: ) rap (/r//ă//p/) fuss (/f//ŭ//s/) sum (/s//ŭ//m/) joke (/j//ō//k/) creep (/cr//ē//p/) mop (/m//ŏ//p/) dame (/d//ā//m/) jet (/j//ĕ//t/) Total # Correct: pile (/p//ī//l/) vim (/v//ĭ//m/) Data Point 5: (Date: ) his (/h//ĭ//s/) poke (/p//ō//k/) beet (/b//ē//t/) bike (/b//ī//k/) gave (/g//ā//v/) wham (/w//ă//m/) fog (/f//ŏ//g/) bus (/b//ŭ//s/) Total # Correct: hug (/h//ŭ//g/) rex (/r//ĕ//x/) Data Point 6: (Date: ) goat (/g//ō//t/) quick (/qu//ĭ//ck/) tide (/t//ī//d/) same (/s//ā//m/) reed (/r//ē//d/) cud (/c//ŭ//d/) wet (/w//ĕ//t/) lop (/l//ŏ//p/) Total # Correct: lap (/l//ă//p/) buzz (/b//ŭ//z/) Data Point 7: (Date: ) wheel (/w//ē//l/) nail (/n//ā//l/) pup (/p//ŭ//p/) pack (/p//ă//k/) tip (/t//ĭ//p/) head (/h//ĕ//d/) rug (/r//ŭ//g/) globe (/gl//ō//b/) Total # Correct: lock (/l//ŏ//k/) ripe (/r//ī//p/) Data Point 8: (Date: ) best (/b//ĕ//st/) just (/j//ŭ//st/) lack (/l//ă//k/) pave (/p//ā//v/) keep (/k//ē//p/) phone (/f//ō//n/) chick (/ch//ĭ//ck/) dull (/d//ŭ//l/) Total # Correct: kite (/k//ī//t/) rock (/r//ŏ//k/) Data Point 9: (Date: ) gull (/g//ŭ//l/) map (/m//ă//p/) chose (/ch//ō//s/) frog (/fr//ŏ//g/) tough (/t//ŭ//f/) less (/l//ĕ//s/) weed (/w//ē//d/) nip (/n//ĭ//p/) Total # Correct: drive (/dr//ī//v/) base (/b//ā//s/) Data Point 10: (Date: ) cup (/c//ŭ//p/) tribe (/tr//ī//b/) ram (/r//ă//m/) kill (/k//ĭ//l/) bot (/b//ŏ//t/) sage (/s//ā//j/) leap (/l//ē//p/) red (/r//ĕ//d/) Total # Correct: soul (/s//ō//l/) cup (/c//ŭ//p/) Data Point 11: (Date: ) bait (/b//ā//t/) hut (/h//ŭ//t/) zeal (/z//ē//l/) might (/m//ī//t/) rough (/r//ŭ//f/) gob (/g//ŏ//b/) cold (/c//ō//l//d/) glad (/gl//ă//d/) Total # Correct: hex (/h//ĕ//x/) pit (/p//ĭ//t/) Data Point 12: (Date: ) dump (/d//ŭ//m//p/) vase (/v//ā//s/) pine (/p//ī//n/) mash (/m//ă//sh/) fell (/f//ĕ//l/) blob (/bl//ŏ//b/) full (/f//ŭ//l/) zip (/z//ĭ//p/) Total # Correct: beam (/b//ē//m/) pole (/p//ō//l/) 214

215 Student Score Supplemental RTI GRAPH Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes) Student Name: Grade: Teacher: On the graph below, plot the Universal Screening/Baseline (US/BL) and all data point (DP) scores for each Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes) assessment given. 10 Word Parts and Segmenting (word segmentation: phonemes) Date Student Score *Goal US/B L DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 DP6 DP7 DP8 DP9 DP10 DP11 DP12 *Establish goal line before intervention begins 215

216 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Checklist Name of Lesson Lesson 1: Counting Words in Sentences Lesson 2: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables) Lesson 3: Hearing Beginning Consonant Sounds Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Lesson 5: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Picture Match Review Lesson 8: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (single consonants) Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Lesson 10: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (consonant blends and special sounds) Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Lesson 12: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (short vowel sounds) Lesson 13: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle of Words Lesson 14: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (long vowel sounds) Lesson 15: Saying Long Vowers in the Middle of Words Lesson 16: Hearing Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words Lesson 17: Saying Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words Lesson 18: Hearing and Saying Onset-Rimes in One Syllable Words Lesson 19: Saying all of the Sounds in a Word Lesson 20: Writing Words Date(s) lesson was taught Date lesson was mastered 216

217 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 1) Student Name: Use these sheets to document the student s progression through the intervention. Lesson 1: Counting Words in Sentences Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each sentence below orally. Have the student count the number of words in each sentence, record his/her response, and place a in the last column if correct. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately count the number of words in sentences stated orally. Sentence Response Sentence Response My dad works at the bank. (6) Earth is the third planet from the sun. (8) The apple fell from the tree and hit my head. (10) His grandmother lives next door to my grandmother. (8) I have a white notebook. (5) My mom said we can go to the movies tomorrow night! (11) I have the best teacher in the world. (8) My sister went shopping last weekend. (6) Saturday is my favorite day of the week. (8) My class went on a field trip to the zoo. (10) When can we go outside to play? (7) I received eight gifts for my birthday. (7) The alligator ate the deer. (5) I couldn t eat my cereal because the milk was sour. (10) Date Mastered Lesson 2: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Write in the number of word parts (syllables) the student says next to each word below. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the correct number for each word spoken. Word Response Word Response Word Response Word Response apron 2 airplane 2 lemon 2 yesterday 3 pencil 2 stop 1 hurt 1 maybe 2 calf 1 grass 1 watermelon 4 telephone 3 computer 3 window 2 mountain 2 children 2 race 1 love 1 book 1 happiness 3 Lesson 3: Hearing Beginning Consonant Sounds Date Mastered Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the beginning sound and another if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound. Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter letter /l/ l winter /w/ w gulp /g/ g desk /d/ d zebra /z/ z vase /v/ v paint /p/ p ketchup /k/ c, k balloon /b/ b fall /f/ f mouse /m/ m city /s/ c, s donut /d/ d right /r/ r giraffe /j/ g, j tall /t/ t yellow /y/ y hello /h/ h Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Date Mastered Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 47) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same sound. rainbow/rake tiger/turtle fish/fan vase/vine kangaroo/key guitar/gum key/kangaroo fan/fish bananas/butterfly hat/hotdog butterfly/bananas dolphin/duck duck/dolphin gum/guitar turtle/tiger vine/vase muffin/mushroom rake/rainbow mushroom/muffin hotdog/hat Date Mastered 217

218 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 2) Student Name: Lesson 5: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the beginning sound and another if he/she can identify the letters/blend that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound. Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters fruit /fr/ fr plant /pl/ pl quick /qu/ qu grapes /gr/ gr tree /tr/ tr skunk /sk/ sc, sk prize /pr/ pr choke /ch/ ch snow /sn/ sn bring /br/ br drive /dr/ dr clunk /cl/ cl, kl short /sh/ sh flute /fl/ fl giraffe /j/ g, j store /st/ st glad /gl/ gl hello /h/ h blind /bl/ bl slide /sl/ sl crazy /cr/ cr, kr Date Mastered Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 50) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same blend. skate/skunk gloves/glue star/stool chair/cheese thirteen/thimble shot/shoes swing/sweater glue/gloves shoes/shot blueberries/blood crab/crutches thimble/thirteen crutches/crab clown/clock skunk/skate clock/clown sweater/swing stool/star blood/blueberries cheese/chair Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Picture Match Review Date Mastered Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 52) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that begin with the same sound. lion/lime fly/flag snowman/snake flag/fly ring/rabbit rabbit/ring sun/sandwich globe/glasses baseball/bike snake/snowman spaghetti/sponge broccoli/bricks lime/lion grasshopper/grapes grapes/grasshopper bike/baseball glasses/globe sponge/spaghetti sandwich/sun bricks/broccoli Date Mastered 218

219 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 3) Student Name: Lesson 8: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (single consonants) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the beginning sound and another if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct beginning sound and the letter that says that sound. Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter ten /n/ n team /m/ m off /f/ f chip /p/ p milk /k/ k, c his /z/ s, z carrot /t/ t red /d/ d save /v/ v cab /b/ b hawk /k/ k, c buzz /z/ z nice /s/ s, c hill /l/ l safe /f/ f robber /r/ r, er deed /d/ d flag /g/ g orange /j/ j, g wow /w/ w Date Mastered Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 55) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that end with the same sound. gold/bread cage/fudge broom/ham moth/tooth coat/eight slug/pig ball/bell chef/leaf clown/corn corn/clown web/tub pig/slug bell/ball fudge/cage tub/web tooth/moth leaf/chef eight/coat ham/broom bread/gold Date Mastered Lesson 10: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (consonant blends and special sounds) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify the ending sound and another if he/she can identify the letters that spell that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say both the correct ending sound and the letters that spells that sound. Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters Word Sound Letters brush /sh/ sh gold /ld/ ld nymph /ph/ ph hatch /ch/ ch best /st/ st stretch /tch/ tch earth /th/ th patch /tch/ tch with /th/ th jump /mp/ mp hung /ng/ ng rath /th/ th stitch /tch/ tch fist /st/ st ostrich /ch/ ch graph /f/ ph, f held /ld/ ld chimp /mp/ mp palm /lm/ lm rash /sh/ sh Date Mastered 219

220 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 4) Student Name: Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Circle the two words under each picture as the student says the two as a pair. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 58) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately name pairs of words that end with the same consonant blend or special sound. teeth/tablecloth coach/bench hush/cash shrimp/chimp milk/chalk cash/hush chalk/milk tablecloth/teeth bench/coach saint/paint salt/belt chimp/shrimp paint/saint belt/salt Lesson 12: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (short vowel sounds) Date Mastered Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its vowel sound, a second if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound, and a third if he/she can identify whether it is a short sound or a long sound. Word Sound Letter Long or Short? Word Sound Letter Long or Short? Word Sound Letter Long or Short? hen /ĕ/ e rot /ŏ/ o can /ă/ a skip /ĭ/ i duck /ŭ/ u but /ŭ/ u pan /ă/ a lock /ŏ/ o must /ŭ/ u nut /ŭ/ u sit /ĭ/ i frost /ŏ/ o sad /ă/ a fog /ŏ/ o men /ĕ/ e mop /ŏ/ o red /ĕ/ e kid /ĭ/ i tap /ă/ a bet /ĕ/ e Date Mastered Lesson 13: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle of Words Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 61) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in vcv words. Date Mastered răm brŭsh brĭcks drŭm frŏg crăb slĕd făn lŏck hăt smĕll drĭll dŭck flŏss rŭg flăg gĭft gŭm bĕll fŏx 220

221 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 5) Student Name: Lesson 14: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (long vowel sounds) Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its vowel sound, a second if he/she can identify the letter that says that sound, and a third if he/she can identify whether it is a short sound or a long sound. Word Sound Letter Long or Short? Word Sound Letter Long or Short? Word Sound Letter Long or Short? mule /ū/ u joke /ō/ o huge /ū/ u bead /ē/ e late /ā/ a hose /ō/ o game /ā/ a shake /ā/ a toast /ō/ o cute /ū/ u mice /ī/ i side /ī/ i mile /ī/ i jeep /ē/ e peel /ē/ e note /ō/ o tape /ā/ a fuse /ū/ u queen /ē/ e made /ā/ a Date Mastered Lesson 15: Saying Long Vowels in the Middle of Words Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 64) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in long vowel words. rose sweep grapes price face skate rice smoke flute dice phone vase nose jeans cheese cube sleep globe bone tube Date Mastered Lesson 16: Hearing Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly identify its medial sound and a second if he/she can identify the letter(s) that spells that sound. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately identify the middle sound and the letter(s) that spells that sound. Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter Word Sound Letter after /t/ t flower /w/ w college /l/ l holder /d/ d teacher /ch/ ch healthy /th/ th paper /p/ p pencil /s/ s, c monster /st/ st table /b/ b carpet /p/ p hopping /p/ p turnip /n/ n angel /j/ g, j penny /n/ n popcorn /k/ c, k luggage /g/ g yellow /l/ l movie /v/ v hammer /m/ m Date Mastered 221

222 Word Parts and Segmenting Lesson Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (p. 6) Student Name: Lesson 17: Saying Medial Sounds in Two Syllable Words Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Have the student say the name of each picture, the sound of the vowel in the word, and the letter that spells that sound. Place a under the pictures the student gets correct. Have the student look at the student chart (p. 67) as you assess so that he/she can t see the printed words. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can accurately identify, say, and spell the middle sound in long vowel words. yogurt button rabbit cannon muffin mittens beehive monkey marbles cabbage badger mermaid lady dolphin taco towel pickles peaches seven feathers Date Mastered Lesson 18: Hearing and Saying Onset-Rimes in One Syllable Words Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly say its onset-rime. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately say the onset-rime of words that begin with consonants, vowels, blends, and special sounds. Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime Word Onset-rime bowl /b/-owl tire /t/-ire cent /c/-ent glass /gl/-ass cook /k/-ook plant /pl/-ant zoo /z/-oo desk /d/-esk doll /d/-oll shade /sh/-ade hall /h/-all film /f/-ilm fib /f/-ib rut /r/-ut kit /k/-it dog /d/-og star /st/-ar chair /ch/-air fleck /fl/-eck frog /fr/-og Date Mastered Lesson 19: Saying all of the Sounds in a Word Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Place a next to each word below if the student can correctly say all of its sounds. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately segment words. Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word Word Segmented Word pop /p//ŏ//p/ rage /r//ā//j/ next /n//ĕ//x//t/ frame /fr//ā//m/ chick /ch//ĭ//k/ tree /tr//ē/ weep /w//ē//p/ yum /y//ŭ//m/ yes /y//ĕ//s/ gut /g//ŭ//t/ scrap /scr//ă//p/ hot /h//ŏ//t/ time /t//ī//m/ duel /d//ū//l/ card /k//ar//d/ play /pl//ā/ let /l//ĕ//t/ pole /p//ō//l/ sip /s//ĭ//p/ drop /dr//ŏ//p/ Lesson 20: Writing Words Date Mastered Assessment: Use the following chart to assess this activity. Say each word below clearly and concisely. Place a next to each word the student is able to correctly write on paper. Give the student credit for misspelled words if he/she can phonetically spell the stated word. The student has mastered this lesson if he/she can consistently and accurately write words after hearing them verbally stated. Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word cat plum robe mud tub suds ate ball new quill cloth jar hair chop greed van bit bite step old Date Mastered 222

223 Word Parts and Segmenting Intervention Lessons Use the following 20 lessons to guide you through the word parts and segmenting intervention. Remember, the intervention is individualized to the student s needs and must be implemented at the student s pace. Don t move to a new lesson until mastery of the current lesson is achieved. Teaching to MASTERY is the goal. To determine whether or not mastery of each lesson has been achieved, use the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheets (pages ) to measure the student s proficiency before beginning a new lesson. 223

224 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 1 Lesson Name: Counting Words in Sentences Description of Lesson/Activity: The student counts the number of words in an orally stated sentence. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that when we speak, read, or write we use words. Words make up sentences which relay meaning to others. STEP TWO: Explain that some sentences are long, some are short, and some are in between but they all have something in common: they are all made up of words. STEP THREE: Explain that today he/she will listen to a sentence and will count how many words are in it. Say the sentence: Today is a great day for learning. Repeat the sentence slowly and show the student how to count the number of words using fingers, tally marks, or manipulatives. Have the student state how many words are in the sentence. Review and reteach if student needs clarification. Special Note: Explain that a and I are words and not just letters when said in a sentence. Also explain that compound words (although made up of two separate words) are counted as only one word. STEP FOUR: Continue saying random sentences and have the student count the number of words in each. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 224

225 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 2 Lesson Name: Counting Parts in Words (Syllables) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student says words slowly to determine the number of syllables they have. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Explain to student that we can learn a lot about words by saying them slowly. We can hear beginning, middle, and ending sounds and also be able to count the parts (syllables) in words. Tell student that today he/she will practice saying words slowly and counting their parts. Inform student that word parts are also called syllables. STEP TWO: Explain that many words have just one word part but that other words have two, three, four, five, or even more parts. Tell student that every word part (or syllable) has to have a vowel or vowel sound (sometimes said by the letter y ). There are no word parts or syllables found in the English language without a vowel or vowel sound. STEP THREE: Model for the student how to say a word slowly and how to clap out the number of parts (syllables) it has. Practice saying one, two, three, and four syllable words. Have the student say how many syllables each word has by orally stating the number, showing the number using fingers, pointing to a number on a card, or by writing the number down on a piece of paper. STEP FOUR: Continue step three until the student can easily identify the number of word parts found in common words. STEP FIVE: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 225

226 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 3 Lesson Name: Hearing Beginning Consonant Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies the beginning sound and the letter(s) used to spell that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say a few one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, the student will practice listening to the sound heard at the beginning of words and will identify the letter that says that sound. STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that begin with single consonant letters (no blends). Have the student say the beginning sound and then say the letter(s) that makes that sound. (Example: caterpillar = /k/, c or k) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 226

227 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 4 Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the same sound (single consonants only). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today s lesson only focus on words that start with a single consonant (followed by a vowel) rather than words that start with a consonant blend or a special sound. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that start with a single consonant and not with blends. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill with the student until he/she can easily find matches. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 227

228 Lesson 4: Beginning Sounds Match (single consonants) 228

229 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 5 Lesson Name: Hearing Beginning Consonant Blends and Special Sounds Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies the beginning sound and the letters used to spell that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say a few one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, the student will practice listening to the sound heard at the beginning of words and will identify the letters that say that sound. Tell student that all of the words today begin with a consonant blend or a special sound. Review blends and special sounds if the student needs clarification. STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that begin with consonant blends and special sounds. Have the student say the beginning sound and then say the letters that make that sound. (Example: train = /tr/, tr) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 229

230 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 6 Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the same sound (consonant blends and special sounds only). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today s lesson only focus on words that start with blends rather than words that start with a single consonant. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that start with blends or special sounds and not with single consonants. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill with the student until he/she can easily find matches. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 230

231 Lesson 6: Beginning Sounds Match (consonant blends and special sounds) 231

232 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 7 Lesson Name: Beginning Sounds Picture Match Review Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that begin with the same sound (single consonants, blends, and special sounds). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review beginning sounds skills with student by saying random words and having him/her say the beginning sound and the letter(s) that makes that sound. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, the student will locate two picture cards that begin with the same beginning sound (both single consonants and blends and special sounds). Be sure to explain that blends have to be paired with blends and single consonants with single consonants. (Example: pig would match with pizza but would not match with plant). STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by placing several picture cards in front of him/her and having him/her find matches. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 232

233 Lesson 7: Beginning Sounds Match (single consonants, blends, and special sounds) 233

234 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 8 Lesson Name: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (single consonants) Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies the ending sound and the letter(s) used to spell that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also review beginning sounds by saying words and having the student say the beginning sound and the letter that spells that sound. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound heard at the end of words and will identify the letters that says that sound. STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that end with single consonant letters (no blends). Have the student say the ending sound and then say the letter(s) that makes that sound. (Example: pink = /k/, k, c, ck) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 234

235 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 9 Lesson Name: Ending Sounds Picture Match (single consonants) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that end with the same sound (single consonants only). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review ending sounds skills with student by saying random words and having him/her say the ending sound and the letter that makes that sound. For today s lesson only focus on words that end with a single consonant rather than words that end with a consonant blend. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find pairs that match. Be sure to only use pictures that end with a single consonant and not with blends. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find matches. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 235

236 Lesson 9: Ending Sounds Match (single consonants) 236

237 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 10 Lesson Name: Hearing Ending Consonant Sounds (consonant blends and special sounds) Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies the ending sound and the letters used to spell that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also review beginning sounds by saying words and having the student say the beginning sound and the letter that spells that sound. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound heard at the end of words and will identify the letters that says that sound. Explain that all of the words in this lesson end with consonant blends or special sounds. STEP THREE: Practice this skill with the student by saying a variety of words that end with consonant blends or special sounds. Have the student say the ending sound and then say the letters that makes that sound. (Example: trash = /sh/, sh) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 237

238 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 11 Lesson Name: Ending Sounds Picture Match (consonant blends and special sounds) Description of Lesson/Activity: The student finds pairs of pictures that end with the same sound (consonant blends and special sounds). Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review ending sounds with student by saying random words and having him/her say the ending sound and the letter that makes that sound (single consonants only). STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson he/she will match picture cards that end with the same consonant blend or special sound. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find cards that end with the same blend or special sound. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find matches. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 238

239 Lesson 11: Ending Sounds Match (consonant blends and special sounds) 239

240 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 12 Lesson Name: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (short vowel sounds) Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies the sound in the middle of the word and the letter used to spell that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words and having student say both the beginning and ending sounds. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound heard in the middle of words and will identify the letter that says that sound. STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying a variety of one-syllable short vowel words and having the student say the middle sound, the letter that spells that sound, and whether it is a short or a long sound. (Example: pot = /o/, o, short) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 240

241 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 13 Lesson Name: Saying Short Vowels in the Middle of Words Description of Lesson/Activity: Using picture cards, the student pronounces short vowel words and identifies both the vowel sound and the letter that spells that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words. Have the student say both the beginning and the ending sounds and the letters that make those sounds. Explain that in today s lesson he/she will identify words that have short vowel sounds in the middle of them. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find pictures that contain short vowel sounds. Have the student identify the sound and the letter that makes that sound. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find pictures with short vowel sounds. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 241

242 Lesson 13: Middle Vowel Sounds (short vowels) 242

243 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 14 Lesson Name: Hearing Sounds in the Middle of Words (long vowel sounds) Description of Lesson/Activity: After hearing a word stated orally, the student identifies its medial sound and the letter used to spell it. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Briefly review word parts with student. Say several one, two, three, and four syllable words and have the student state how many word parts are in each. Also briefly review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words and having student say both the beginning and ending sounds. STEP TWO: Explain that in today s lesson, he/she will practice listening to the sound heard in the middle of words and will identify the letter that says that sound. STEP THREE: Practice this skill by saying a variety of one-syllable long vowel words and having the student say the middle sound, the letter that spells that sound, and whether it is a short or a long sound. (Example: gate = /ā/, a, long) STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 243

244 Word Parts and Segmenting: Lesson 15 Lesson Name: Saying Long Vowels in the Middle of Words Description of Lesson/Activity: Using picture cards, the student pronounces long vowel words and identifies both the vowel sound and the letter that spells that sound. Procedures for Implementing the Activity: STEP ONE: Review beginning and ending sounds by saying random one-syllable words. Have the student say both the beginning and the ending sounds and the letters that make those sounds. Explain that in today s lesson he/she will identify words that have long vowel sounds in the middle of them. STEP TWO: Place several picture cards in front of the student and have him/her find pictures that contain long vowel sounds. Have the student identify the sound and the letter that makes that sound. STEP THREE: Continue practicing this skill until the student can easily find pictures with long vowel sounds. STEP FOUR: Assess the student to ascertain whether or not mastery of this lesson has been achieved. Follow the assessment directions and record the results on the Word Parts and Segmenting Mini-Assessments Recording Sheet. If the student has mastered this lesson, move on to the next lesson. If the student has NOT mastered this lesson, repeat lesson until mastery has been obtained. TEACHING TO MASTERY IS THE GOAL 244

245 Lesson 15: Middle Vowel Sounds (long vowels) 245

I DO WE DO YOU DO. An RTI Intervention for Math Problem Solving Grades 1-5. by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos

I DO WE DO YOU DO. An RTI Intervention for Math Problem Solving Grades 1-5. by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos YOU DO An RTI Intervention for Math Problem Solving Grades 1-5 by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos Copyright 2011 by Dr. Sherri Dobbs Santos All rights reserved The classroom teacher may reproduce copies of materials

More information

Best Practices. Using Lexia Software to Drive Reading Achievement

Best Practices. Using Lexia Software to Drive Reading Achievement Best Practices Using Lexia Software to Drive Reading Achievement An overview of Implementation Principles to apply in your school for using Lexia Reading Skills Software to Close the Reading Achievement

More information

Three Critical Success Factors for Reading Intervention and Effective Prevention

Three Critical Success Factors for Reading Intervention and Effective Prevention Three Critical Success Factors for Reading Intervention and Effective Prevention Elizabeth Brooke, Ph.D., CCC-SLP Vice President of Education and Research, Lexia Learning Strong fundamental literacy skills

More information

GUIDELINES FOR THE IEP TEAM DATA COLLECTION &

GUIDELINES FOR THE IEP TEAM DATA COLLECTION & GUIDELINES FOR THE IEP TEAM DATA COLLECTION & Progress Monitoring Decisions about the effectiveness of an intervention must be based on data, not guesswork. Frequent, repeated measures of progress toward

More information

Wappingers Central School District

Wappingers Central School District Wappingers Central School District Response to Intervention Plan (RTI) February 2012 Tier III Tier II Tier I 1 Introduction to WCSD s 3 Tier RTI Model The 3 Tier Response to Intervention (RTI) Model provides

More information

Selecting Research Based Instructional Programs

Selecting Research Based Instructional Programs Selecting Research Based Instructional Programs Marcia L. Grek, Ph.D. Florida Center for Reading Research Georgia March, 2004 1 Goals for Today 1. Learn about the purpose, content, and process, for reviews

More information

Scientifically Based Reading Programs. Marcia L. Kosanovich, Ph.D. Florida Center for Reading Research SLP Academy Fall, 2005

Scientifically Based Reading Programs. Marcia L. Kosanovich, Ph.D. Florida Center for Reading Research SLP Academy Fall, 2005 Scientifically Based Reading Programs Marcia L. Kosanovich, Ph.D. Florida Center for Reading Research SLP Academy Fall, 2005 Goals for Today 1. Understand the big picture of an effective reading program.

More information

The ABCs of RTI in Elementary School: A Guide for Families

The ABCs of RTI in Elementary School: A Guide for Families The ABCs of RTI in Elementary School: A Guide for Families November 2012 National Center on Response to Intervention http://www.rti4success.org About the National Center on Response to Intervention Through

More information

Response to Intervention Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Response to Intervention Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) Response to Intervention Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) 1. What is at the heart of RtI? The purpose of RtI is to provide all students with the best opportunities to succeed in school, identify students

More information

Selecting an Intervention to Meet Students Needs: A How-to Resource for Educators

Selecting an Intervention to Meet Students Needs: A How-to Resource for Educators Selecting an Intervention to Meet Students Needs: A How-to Resource for Educators This resource is for educators seeking intervention programs proven to close the knowledge gaps of students struggling

More information

RtI Response to Intervention

RtI Response to Intervention DRAFT RtI Response to Intervention A Problem-Solving Approach to Student Success Guide Document TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction... 1 Four Essential Components of RtI... 2 Component 1... 3 Component 2...

More information

Hamilton Southeastern Schools

Hamilton Southeastern Schools Hamilton Southeastern Schools Response to Instruction (RtI) Guide October 2013 Contents HSE Mission Statement. 3 Response to Instruction.. 3 Components of RtI....... 3 HSE Tiered Model........ 5 RtI Tiers

More information

Scientifically Based Reading Programs: What are they and how do I know?

Scientifically Based Reading Programs: What are they and how do I know? Scientifically Based Reading Programs: What are they and how do I know? Elissa J. Arndt, M.S. CCC-SLP Florida Center for Reading Research Alternate Assessment Summer Training Institute July, 2007 1 Goals

More information

TAS Instructional Program Design/ Scientifically-based Instructional Strategies 2012-2013

TAS Instructional Program Design/ Scientifically-based Instructional Strategies 2012-2013 TAS Instructional Program Design/ Scientifically-based Instructional Strategies 2012-2013 Use effective methods and instructional strategies that are based on scientifically based research that strengthens

More information

Literacy. Work Stations. Source: Diller, D.(2003) Literacy Work Stations, Making Centers Work

Literacy. Work Stations. Source: Diller, D.(2003) Literacy Work Stations, Making Centers Work Literacy Work Stations Source: Diller, D.(2003) Literacy Work Stations, Making Centers Work Kyrene Reading Instruction Focus: Improve student achievement through implementation of curriculum and adopted

More information

Transcript: What Is Progress Monitoring?

Transcript: What Is Progress Monitoring? Transcript: What Is Progress Monitoring? Slide 1: Welcome to the webinar, What Is Progress Monitoring? This is one of 11 webinars developed by the National Center on Response to Intervention (NCRTI). This

More information

Technical Assistance Paper

Technical Assistance Paper Pam Stewart Commissioner of Education DPS: 2014-94 Date: August 1, 2014 Technical Assistance Paper What s Special about Special Education? Specially Designed Instruction for Students with Disabilities

More information

The researched-based reading intervention model that was selected for the students at

The researched-based reading intervention model that was selected for the students at READ TO ACHIEVE GRANT APPLICATION COVER PAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS NARRATIVE: PROPOSED GRANT INTERVENTION -This section can be NO MORE THAN 30 pages total. NO PAGE NUMBER NO PAGE NUMBER MAXIMUM OF 30 PAGES

More information

2014-15. Response to Intervention/ Student Support Team Manual Department of Psychological Services

2014-15. Response to Intervention/ Student Support Team Manual Department of Psychological Services 2014-15 Response to Intervention/ Student Support Team Manual Department of Psychological Services Preface One of the primary objectives of Psychological Services is to provide supportive assistance to

More information

The Response to Intervention of English Language Learners At- Risk for Reading Problems

The Response to Intervention of English Language Learners At- Risk for Reading Problems The Response to Intervention of English Language Learners At- Risk for Reading Problems Sylvia Linan-Thompson Sharon Vaughn Kathryn Prater Vaughn Gross Center for Reading and Language Arts at The University

More information

Using Direct Instruction Programs as Intervention Programs in Grades K 3

Using Direct Instruction Programs as Intervention Programs in Grades K 3 Using Direct Instruction Programs as Intervention Programs in Grades K 3 Direct Instruction News Volume 5, Number 2 Summer 2005 Introduction This article is about the use of Direct Instruction as an intervention

More information

Assisting Students Struggling with Reading: Response to Intervention (RtI) and Multi-Tier Intervention in the Primary Grades

Assisting Students Struggling with Reading: Response to Intervention (RtI) and Multi-Tier Intervention in the Primary Grades IES PRACTICE GUIDE WHAT WORKS CLEARINGHOUSE Assisting Students Struggling with Reading: Response to Intervention (RtI) and Multi-Tier Intervention in the Primary Grades NCEE 2009-4045 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF

More information

Opportunity Document for STEP Literacy Assessment

Opportunity Document for STEP Literacy Assessment Opportunity Document for STEP Literacy Assessment Introduction Children, particularly in urban settings, begin school with a variety of strengths and challenges that impact their learning. Some arrive

More information

Spring School Psychologist. RTI² Training Q &A

Spring School Psychologist. RTI² Training Q &A Spring School Psychologist RTI² Training Q &A Clarification on the use of the Gap Analysis Worksheet: As part of the RTI² decision making process, teams meet to review a student s rate of improvement to

More information

SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITY

SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITY SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITY 24:05:24.01:18. Specific learning disability defined. Specific learning disability is a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding

More information

Basic Skills Teachers Intervention Specialists & Instructional Assistants Support Services Handbook 2013-2014 Audubon Public Schools

Basic Skills Teachers Intervention Specialists & Instructional Assistants Support Services Handbook 2013-2014 Audubon Public Schools Basic Skills Teachers Intervention Specialists & Instructional Assistants Support Services Handbook 2013-2014 Audubon Public Schools Rationale A plan is in place for the 2013-14 school year to continue

More information

Phonics and Word Work

Phonics and Word Work Phonics and Word Work Introduction Foundational Skills This guide explores how explicit and systematic phonics and word work instruction is included in the ReadyGEN program. It looks at the resources that

More information

Implementing RTI Using Title I, Title III, and CEIS Funds

Implementing RTI Using Title I, Title III, and CEIS Funds Implementing RTI Using Title I, Title III, and CEIS Funds Key Issues for Decision-makers U.S. Department of Education 1 As Response to Intervention, or RTI expands across the country, the question we at

More information

Teaching Young Children How to Read: Phonics vs. Whole Language. Introduction and Background

Teaching Young Children How to Read: Phonics vs. Whole Language. Introduction and Background Kelly Waldo Senior Capstone Paper Paoze Thao, PhD California State University Monterey Bay Teaching Young Children How to Read: Phonics vs. Whole Language Introduction and Background I am interested in

More information

District 2854 Ada-Borup Public Schools. Reading Well By Third Grade Plan. For. Ada-Borup Public Schools. Drafted April 2012

District 2854 Ada-Borup Public Schools. Reading Well By Third Grade Plan. For. Ada-Borup Public Schools. Drafted April 2012 District 2854 Ada-Borup Public Schools Reading Well By Third Grade Plan For Ada-Borup Public Schools Drafted April 2012 Literacy Team: Alayna Wagner- RTI Leader, Second Grade Teacher Jordan Johnson- RTI

More information

How To Write A Curriculum Framework For The Paterson Public School District

How To Write A Curriculum Framework For The Paterson Public School District DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM & INSTRUCTION FRAMEWORK PROLOGUE Paterson s Department of Curriculum and Instruction was recreated in 2005-2006 to align the preschool through grade 12 program and to standardize

More information

Nevis Public School District #308. District Literacy Plan Minnesota Statute 120B.12, 2011 2015-2016. Learning together... Achieving quality together.

Nevis Public School District #308. District Literacy Plan Minnesota Statute 120B.12, 2011 2015-2016. Learning together... Achieving quality together. Nevis Public School District #308 District Literacy Plan Minnesota Statute 120B.12, 2011 2015-2016 Learning together... Achieving quality together. SCHOOL BOARD Chairperson: Vice Chairperson: Treasurer:

More information

What Does Research Tell Us About Teaching Reading to English Language Learners?

What Does Research Tell Us About Teaching Reading to English Language Learners? Jan/Feb 2007 What Does Research Tell Us About Teaching Reading to English Language Learners? By Suzanne Irujo, ELL Outlook Contributing Writer As a classroom teacher, I was largely ignorant of, and definitely

More information

WiggleWorks Aligns to Title I, Part A

WiggleWorks Aligns to Title I, Part A WiggleWorks Aligns to Title I, Part A The purpose of Title I, Part A Improving Basic Programs is to ensure that children in high-poverty schools meet challenging State academic content and student achievement

More information

HOW SHOULD READING BE TAUGHT?

HOW SHOULD READING BE TAUGHT? HOW SHOULD READING BE TAUGHT? Rayner, K., Foorman, B., Perfetti, C. A., Pesetsky, D., & Seidenberg, M. S. (2002). How should reading be taught? Scientific American, 286, 84-91. doi:10.1038/scientificamerican0302-84

More information

This edition of Getting Schooled focuses on the development of Reading Skills.

This edition of Getting Schooled focuses on the development of Reading Skills. This edition of Getting Schooled focuses on the development of Reading Skills. Michele Pentyliuk and I have a keen interest in the strategic development of an individual s reading skills. Research has

More information

What Is Leveled Reading? Learn how teachers are helping kids become better readers by matching them to the right books at the right time.

What Is Leveled Reading? Learn how teachers are helping kids become better readers by matching them to the right books at the right time. What Is Leveled Reading? Learn how teachers are helping kids become better readers by matching them to the right books at the right time. By Deborah Wilburn-Scholastic & Jennifer Smith The Importance of

More information

INTEGRATING THE COMMON CORE STANDARDS INTO INTERACTIVE, ONLINE EARLY LITERACY PROGRAMS

INTEGRATING THE COMMON CORE STANDARDS INTO INTERACTIVE, ONLINE EARLY LITERACY PROGRAMS INTEGRATING THE COMMON CORE STANDARDS INTO INTERACTIVE, ONLINE EARLY LITERACY PROGRAMS By Dr. Kay MacPhee President/Founder Ooka Island, Inc. 1 Integrating the Common Core Standards into Interactive, Online

More information

GUIDE TO BECOMING A READING CORPS SITE 2014-15

GUIDE TO BECOMING A READING CORPS SITE 2014-15 GUIDE TO BECOMING A READING CORPS SITE 2014-15 This document contains information administrators should know in considering becoming a Reading Corps K-3 site for the 2014-15 school year. Reading Corps

More information

SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT GRANT (SIG) PRACTICE:

SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT GRANT (SIG) PRACTICE: SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT GRANT (SIG) PRACTICE: JOB-EMBEDDED PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT CRIM OPEN CAMPUS HIGH SCHOOL ATLANTA PUBLIC SCHOOLS ATLANTA, GEORGIA Crim Open Campus High School (Crim) 1 faced an ongoing

More information

Identifying Students with Specific Learning Disabilities. Part 1: Introduction/Laws & RtI in Relation to SLD Identification

Identifying Students with Specific Learning Disabilities. Part 1: Introduction/Laws & RtI in Relation to SLD Identification Identifying Students with Specific Learning Disabilities Part 1: Introduction/Laws & RtI in Relation to SLD Identification # Watch for a blue box in top right corner for page references from the Colorado

More information

LOS ANGELES UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT MEMORANDUM

LOS ANGELES UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT MEMORANDUM TITLE: NUMBER: MEM- 5738.3 ISSUER: Elementary Guidelines for Reading Assessment and Screening Procedures for Intensive (Tier 3) Instruction and Interventions at Grades 4, 5, and 6 (as applicable) Gerardo

More information

To learn to read is to light a fire; every syllable that is spelled out is a spark." Victor Hugo, Les Miserables

To learn to read is to light a fire; every syllable that is spelled out is a spark. Victor Hugo, Les Miserables To learn to read is to light a fire; every syllable that is spelled out is a spark." Victor Hugo, Les Miserables Development and Management of an Effective Reading Intervention Program Research into Practice

More information

Reading Competencies

Reading Competencies Reading Competencies The Third Grade Reading Guarantee legislation within Senate Bill 21 requires reading competencies to be adopted by the State Board no later than January 31, 2014. Reading competencies

More information

Response to Intervention (RTI) is an approach that is gaining acceptance

Response to Intervention (RTI) is an approach that is gaining acceptance National Professional Development Center on Inclusion Helping states achieve an integrated professional development system that supports high quality inclusion Response to Intervention (RTI) in Early Childhood

More information

EXTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS IN GRADES K 3. From Research to Practice

EXTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS IN GRADES K 3. From Research to Practice EXTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS IN GRADES K 3 From Research to Practice EXTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS IN GRADES K 3 From Research to Practice Nancy Scammacca, Sharon Vaughn, Greg Roberts Vaughn Gross

More information

AND LEARNING 21st Century Teaching and Learning

AND LEARNING 21st Century Teaching and Learning 21ST CENTURY TEACHING AND LEARNING 21st Century Teaching and Learning Dr. Grace Surdovel, Director of Master's Programs/Faculty of Practice The Master of Science in Education with a major in 21st Century

More information

Center on Education Policy, 2007. Reading First: Locally appreciated, nationally troubled

Center on Education Policy, 2007. Reading First: Locally appreciated, nationally troubled CEP, Compendium of Major NCLB Studies Reading First Page 1 Center on Education Policy, 2007 Reading First: Locally appreciated, nationally troubled Examines the perceived effectiveness of Reading First,

More information

iread Professional Paper Using iread With K 2 English Language Arts Programs

iread Professional Paper Using iread With K 2 English Language Arts Programs iread Professional Paper Using iread With K 2 English Language Arts Programs Using iread With K 2 English Language Arts Programs High-quality reading instruction in the primary grades represents one of

More information

888.924.7257 www.palsmarketplace.com

888.924.7257 www.palsmarketplace.com PALS is the essential screening, diagnostic, and progress monitoring tool for measuring the fundamental components of literacy. 888.924.7257 www.palsmarketplace.com PALS Who are we? The Phonological Awareness

More information

Leveled Literacy Intervention (LLI) consists of a series of planned lessons designed to provide supplementary instruction

Leveled Literacy Intervention (LLI) consists of a series of planned lessons designed to provide supplementary instruction Research Base for Leveled Literacy Intervention Leveled Literacy Intervention (LLI) consists of a series of planned lessons designed to provide supplementary instruction to kindergarten, first, and second

More information

Crockett Elementary Response to Intervention Guide

Crockett Elementary Response to Intervention Guide Crockett Elementary Response to Intervention Guide 1 Response to Intervention Tier 1 80-90% of students will experience success in Tier 1 Classroom instruction Use a variety of supports as soon as student

More information

READING SPECIALIST STANDARDS

READING SPECIALIST STANDARDS READING SPECIALIST STANDARDS Standard I. Standard II. Standard III. Standard IV. Components of Reading: The Reading Specialist applies knowledge of the interrelated components of reading across all developmental

More information

Teaching Reading Essentials:

Teaching Reading Essentials: Teaching Reading Essentials: Video Demonstrations of Small-Group Interventions OVERVIEW Fully aligned with and This is the professional development you ve been asking for! TM Sopris West Educating Our

More information

Curriculum and Instruction

Curriculum and Instruction Curriculum and Instruction Core curriculum is the foundation of Tier 1 instruction and is the basis for building K-12 literacy in Arizona students. The curriculum at each level must be based upon the 2010

More information

A COMPREHENSIVE K-3 READING ASSESSMENT PLAN. Guidance for School Leaders

A COMPREHENSIVE K-3 READING ASSESSMENT PLAN. Guidance for School Leaders A COMPREHENSIVE K-3 READING ASSESSMENT PLAN Guidance for School Leaders A COMPREHENSIVE K-3 READING ASSESSMENT PLAN Guidance for School Leaders Joseph K. Torgesen Center on Instruction Reading Strand

More information

Uinta County School District #1 Multi Tier System of Supports Guidance Document

Uinta County School District #1 Multi Tier System of Supports Guidance Document Uinta County School District #1 Multi Tier System of Supports Guidance Document The purpose of this document is to provide an overview of Multi Tier System of Supports (MTSS) framework and its essential

More information

Frequently Asked Questions about Making Specific Learning Disability (SLD) Eligibility Decisions

Frequently Asked Questions about Making Specific Learning Disability (SLD) Eligibility Decisions Frequently Asked Questions about Making Specific Learning Disability (SLD) Eligibility Decisions This document is part of the department s guidance on implementing Wisconsin SLD criteria. It provides answers

More information

Using Your RTI Model to Differentiate and Support the ELA CCLS. Kay Stahl, Ed. D. 2014 RTI-TAC Webinar Series Strand 3 kay.stahl@nyu.

Using Your RTI Model to Differentiate and Support the ELA CCLS. Kay Stahl, Ed. D. 2014 RTI-TAC Webinar Series Strand 3 kay.stahl@nyu. Using Your RTI Model to Differentiate and Support the ELA CCLS Kay Stahl, Ed. D. 2014 RTI-TAC Webinar Series Strand 3 kay.stahl@nyu.edu Part 4-Tiered Interventions and CCLS Today s Focus Instructional

More information

Response to Intervention (RTI): Funding Questions and Answers

Response to Intervention (RTI): Funding Questions and Answers National Center on Response to Intervention Information Brief: Response to Intervention (RTI): Funding Questions and Answers December 2010 The National Center on Response to Intervention receives questions

More information

CALIFORNIA S TEACHING PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS (TPE)

CALIFORNIA S TEACHING PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS (TPE) CALIFORNIA S TEACHING PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS (TPE) The Teaching Performance Expectations describe the set of knowledge, skills, and abilities that California expects of each candidate for a Multiple

More information

Danbury High School. Student Support Framework

Danbury High School. Student Support Framework Danbury High School Student Support Framework Tier 1: Universal Supports Student Tutoring Center (STC): Students may access and use the STC during any free period to complete projects, study for tests/quizzes

More information

Reading Instruction and Reading Achievement Among ELL Students

Reading Instruction and Reading Achievement Among ELL Students Research Into Practice READING Reading Instruction and Reading Achievement Among ELL Students Principles of ELL Reading Instruction Some very straightforward principles, directly supported by research,

More information

Overcoming Doubts About Online Learning

Overcoming Doubts About Online Learning Educational Technology Cooperative Overcoming Doubts About Online Learning November 2009 Southern Regional Education Board 592 10th St. N.W. Atlanta, GA 30318 (404) 875-9211 www.sreb.org This publication

More information

Learning Today Smart Tutor Supports English Language Learners

Learning Today Smart Tutor Supports English Language Learners Learning Today Smart Tutor Supports English Language Learners By Paolo Martin M.A. Ed Literacy Specialist UC Berkley 1 Introduction Across the nation, the numbers of students with limited English proficiency

More information

ACTION 100 and Students Receiving Special Education Services

ACTION 100 and Students Receiving Special Education Services ACTION 100 and Students Receiving Special Education Services Approximately 12% of students in grades K-12 currently receive special education services. These students include: those with diagnosed learning

More information

2012 University of Texas System/ Texas Education Agency

2012 University of Texas System/ Texas Education Agency Welcome to this presentation on using RTI information to develop an IEP. It was developed by the Building RTI Capacity project team from the Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk at The University

More information

Principles of Data-Driven Instruction

Principles of Data-Driven Instruction Education in our times must try to find whatever there is in students that might yearn for completion, and to reconstruct the learning that would enable them autonomously to seek that completion. Allan

More information

Requirements EDAM-5002. WORD STUDY K-3: PRINT AWARENESS, LETTER KNOWLEDGE, PHONICS, AND HIGH FREQUENCY WORDS

Requirements EDAM-5002. WORD STUDY K-3: PRINT AWARENESS, LETTER KNOWLEDGE, PHONICS, AND HIGH FREQUENCY WORDS LETTER OF ENDORSEMENT: TEACHER LEADERSHIP AND INSTRUCTIONAL COACHING Requirements Dr. Grace Surdovel, Director of Master's Programs/Faculty of Practice The Letter of Endorsement in Teacher Leadership and

More information

UTAH S 3 Tier Model of READING INSTRUCTION

UTAH S 3 Tier Model of READING INSTRUCTION Tier 3 Tier 2 Tier 1 UTAH S 3 Tier Model of READING INSTRUCTION UTAH STATE OFFICE OF EDUCATION 250 East 500 South P.O. Box 144200 Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4200 Patti Harrington, Ed.D. State Superintendent

More information

Using ABA for the Treatment of Autism: The CARD Program

Using ABA for the Treatment of Autism: The CARD Program Using ABA for the Treatment of Autism: The CARD Program Autism Symposium Aruba 2010 Adel C. Najdowski, PhD, BCBA Center for Autism & Related Disorders, Inc. Presentation Outline Brief Introduction to CARD

More information

REVERE PUBLIC SCHOOLS

REVERE PUBLIC SCHOOLS Theme 1 Student Learning/Curriculum and Instruction High expectations are at the heart of the vision for all students in the Revere Public Schools. By embracing the Massachusetts Curriculum Frameworks,

More information

Part 2. Curriculum & Instruction

Part 2. Curriculum & Instruction Part 2 Curriculum & Instruction Curriculum and Instruction How to Use This Section: This section contains some resources and information that supplements the Curriculum Documents at each grade or content

More information

the sites selected for participation in the study were targeted Assistance schools with a history of unacceptably low achievement.

the sites selected for participation in the study were targeted Assistance schools with a history of unacceptably low achievement. Houghton Mifflin Reading Program Efficacy Studies Recent initiatives at the federal and state level have focused attention on reading instruction in an effort to improve the reading performance of our

More information

1 REVISOR 8710.4925. C. show verification of completing a Board of Teaching preparation program

1 REVISOR 8710.4925. C. show verification of completing a Board of Teaching preparation program 1 REVISOR 8710.4925 8710.4925 READING LEADER. Subpart 1. Scope of practice. A reading leader is authorized to facilitate and provide site-based or districtwide leadership for kindergarten through grade

More information

An Early Childhood Practitioner s Guide: Developmentally Appropriate Literacy Practices for Preschool-Age Children

An Early Childhood Practitioner s Guide: Developmentally Appropriate Literacy Practices for Preschool-Age Children An Early Childhood Practitioner s Guide: Developmentally Appropriate Literacy Practices for Preschool-Age Children SUMMARY In her discussion of user-friendly and developmentally appropriate literacy strategies

More information

Targeted Reading Intervention for Students in Grades K-6 Reading results. Imagine the possibilities.

Targeted Reading Intervention for Students in Grades K-6 Reading results. Imagine the possibilities. Voyager Passport Targeted Reading Intervention for Students in Grades K-6 Reading results. Imagine the possibilities. You can make a diff The Reality of Illiteracy According to recent statistics, the average

More information

The Future of Reading Education

The Future of Reading Education The Future of Reading Education Lexia Reading stands as one of the most rigorously researched, independently evaluated, and respected reading programs in the world. A Summary of Published Research Lexia

More information

Students with Reading Problems Their Characteristics and Needs

Students with Reading Problems Their Characteristics and Needs Students with Reading Problems Their Characteristics and Needs Roxanne Hudson, Ph.D. Florida Center for Reading Research Florida State University rhudson@fcrr.org We want all students to read grade level

More information

CONNECTICUT SEED Student and Educator Support Specialists Guidance Document

CONNECTICUT SEED Student and Educator Support Specialists Guidance Document CONNECTICUT SEED Student and Educator Support Specialists Guidance Document 1 This document provides guidance to administrators and Student and Educator Support Specialists (SESS) on the application of

More information

Reading Assessment BTSD. Topic: Reading Assessment Teaching Skill: Understanding formal and informal assessment

Reading Assessment BTSD. Topic: Reading Assessment Teaching Skill: Understanding formal and informal assessment Reading Assessment BTSD Topic: Reading Assessment Teaching Skill: Understanding formal and informal assessment Learning Outcome 1: Identify the key principles of reading assessment. Standard 3: Assessment,

More information

INTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS FOR STRUGGLING READERS IN EARLY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. A Principal s Guide

INTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS FOR STRUGGLING READERS IN EARLY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. A Principal s Guide INTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS FOR STRUGGLING READERS IN EARLY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL A Principal s Guide INTENSIVE READING INTERVENTIONS FOR STRUGGLING READERS IN EARLY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL A Principal s Guide

More information

Teaching All Students to Read: With Strong Intervention Outcomes

Teaching All Students to Read: With Strong Intervention Outcomes Teaching All Students to Read: Practices from Reading First Schools With Strong Intervention Outcomes Summary Document Elizabeth Crawford and Joseph Torgesen Introduction One of the most critical needs

More information

MULTI-TIERED SYSTEM OF SUPPORT. Response to Intervention Positive Behavior Intervention System Data Teams

MULTI-TIERED SYSTEM OF SUPPORT. Response to Intervention Positive Behavior Intervention System Data Teams MULTI-TIERED SYSTEM OF SUPPORT Response to Intervention Positive Behavior Intervention System Data Teams CRITERIA FOR SUCCESS Participants will be able to: Have a working definition for MTSS Identify the

More information

Understanding Types of Assessment Within an RTI Framework

Understanding Types of Assessment Within an RTI Framework Understanding Types of Assessment Within an RTI Framework Slide 1: Welcome to the webinar Understanding Types of Assessment Within an RTI Framework. This is one of 11 webinars that we have developed at

More information

Modifying Curriculum and Instruction

Modifying Curriculum and Instruction Modifying Curriculum and Instruction Purpose of Modification: The purpose of modification is to enable an individual to compensate for intellectual, behavioral, or physical disabi1ities. Modifications

More information

Adapted from the Flagler County Public School MTSS Manual

Adapted from the Flagler County Public School MTSS Manual Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) Manual 2014-2015 Adapted from the Flagler County Public School MTSS Manual The Okaloosa County School District would like to thank the following staff members for

More information

Peer Tutoring in Math Computation with Constant Time Delay

Peer Tutoring in Math Computation with Constant Time Delay How RTI Works Series 2011 Jim Wright www.interventioncentral.org 1 Peer Tutoring in Math Computation with Constant Time Delay DESCRIPTION: This intervention employs students as reciprocal peer tutors to

More information

Instructional Design: Objectives, Curriculum and Lesson Plans for Reading Sylvia Linan-Thompson, The University of Texas at Austin Haitham Taha,

Instructional Design: Objectives, Curriculum and Lesson Plans for Reading Sylvia Linan-Thompson, The University of Texas at Austin Haitham Taha, Instructional Design: Objectives, Curriculum and Lesson Plans for Reading Sylvia Linan-Thompson, The University of Texas at Austin Haitham Taha, Sakhnin College December xx, 2013 Topics The importance

More information

Foundation Paper Supporting Special Education Students with READ 180

Foundation Paper Supporting Special Education Students with READ 180 Foundation Paper Supporting Special Education Students with READ 180 READ 180 is a scientifically research-based, intensive reading intervention program with a proven track record of delivering measurable

More information

READING WITH. Reading with Pennsylvania Reading Specialist Certificate

READING WITH. Reading with Pennsylvania Reading Specialist Certificate READING WITH PENNSYLVANIA READING SPECIALIST CERTIFICATE Reading with Pennsylvania Reading Specialist Certificate Program Coordinator: Ms. Anne Butler The Master of Science degree in Education with a concentration

More information

NFL Quarterback Bernie Kosar told

NFL Quarterback Bernie Kosar told RESEARCH PAPER VOLUME 1 Why It Is Important to Teach Phonemic Awareness and Alphabet Recognition by Dr. Cathy Collins Block Professor of Education Texas Christian University NFL Quarterback Bernie Kosar

More information

Pre-Requisites EDAM-5001 Early Literacy Guiding Principles and Language

Pre-Requisites EDAM-5001 Early Literacy Guiding Principles and Language . EDAM EDAM-5001. EARLY LITERACY: GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT This course is the prerequisite for all other courses in the Early Childhood Literacy program. It outlines the philosophical

More information

Unit 2 Title: Word Work Grade Level: Kindergarten Timeframe: 6 Weeks

Unit 2 Title: Word Work Grade Level: Kindergarten Timeframe: 6 Weeks Unit 2 Title: Grade Level: Kindergarten Timeframe: 6 Weeks Unit Overview: This unit of word work will focus on the student s ability to produce the primary letter sounds of consonants and some vowels;

More information

Students with Reading and Behavioral Needs

Students with Reading and Behavioral Needs TEACHING READING TO STUDENTS WITH EMOTIONAL BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS Published by Center for Innovations in Education Revised January 2006 www.cise.missouri.edu Students with Reading and Behavioral Needs Written

More information

How to Use Start-to-Finish Online Accessible Library to Build Fluency

How to Use Start-to-Finish Online Accessible Library to Build Fluency How to Use Start-to-Finish Online Accessible Library to Build Fluency Using Start-to-Finish Online Accessible Library for Fluency Practice Start-to-Finish Publishing furnishes educators with the tools

More information

Tier 2 Supplementary Interventions

Tier 2 Supplementary Interventions Fleming County High School Tiered RTI Model Tier 3 Intensive monitored, weekly Tier 2 Supplementary Interventions (Occurs in the Intervention and Pride classroom) Intervention Teacher creates a plan for

More information

BUILDING CURRICULUM ACCOMMODATION PLAN

BUILDING CURRICULUM ACCOMMODATION PLAN BUILDING CURRICULUM ACCOMMODATION PLAN 2014-2015 ERIC STARK, PRINCIPAL KATE PERETZ, ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL Alone we can do so little; together we can do so much. Helen Keller FRANKLIN PUBLIC SCHOOLS VISION

More information

Middle Grades Action Kit How To Use the Survey Tools!

Middle Grades Action Kit How To Use the Survey Tools! How To Use the Survey Tools Get the most out of the surveys We have prepared two surveys one for principals and one for teachers that can support your district- or school-level conversations about improving

More information

Patterns of Strengths and Weaknesses Standards and Procedures. for. Identification of Students with Suspected Specific Learning Disabilities

Patterns of Strengths and Weaknesses Standards and Procedures. for. Identification of Students with Suspected Specific Learning Disabilities Patterns of Strengths and Weaknesses Standards and Procedures for Identification of Students with Suspected Specific Learning Disabilities March, 2010 Table of Contents Patterns of Strengths and Weaknesses

More information